Kunci Jawaban

Do you like reading biographies of some great men? If you do, what can you get from
it? Well, actually by reading some biographies you have learned about recount texts. How
At the end of this unit you could it be? A biography tells you about someone’s experience during their life
will be able to: chronologically. Now, in this unit you will learn more about recount texts.
1. introduce yourself and
introduce someone to
other people,
2. greet and take leave,
3. share past experiences
using spoken English,
4. create short functional
texts (spoken
announcements),
5. create written recounts
texts,
6. write short functional
texts (messages), and
7. use the simple past tense
and adjective phrases.

2 Recounts
 1.1 Expressions
A. Listen and complete the dialog based on what you
have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:

Clara : A (1) long queue, isn’t it?
Ronny : Yes, it is. I have been waiting for a while. Anyway,
buying (2) medicine for yourself?
Clara : No. For my mom. Um ... I think I have seen you
before. We (3) study at the same school, don’t we?
Ronny : Yes. I am in the (4) tenth grade.
Clara : I am also in the tenth grade, in Class X1. What
A. Listen and answer the questions based on what you about you?
have heard. Ronny : I am in Class X6. My name is Ronny. What’s your
Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru: name?
Boy : Hello, Nadya. Clara : Clara. Excuse me. It’s (5) my turn to get the
Girl : Hello, Rangga. medicine. See you.
Boy : Where are the other OSIS staff members? Ronny : See you.
Girl : They have not come yet. It is ten to two. We still have ten
minutes left. Soal yang dikerjakan oleh peserta didik:
Boy : I see. Anyway, have you prepared the agenda for this Clara : A (1) ________, isn’t it?
meeting? Ronny : Yes, it is. I have been waiting for a while. Anyway,
Girl : Yes, I have. buying (2) ________ for yourself?
Boy : Good. We should be well prepared for everything. You know, Clara : No. For my mom. Um ... I think I have seen you before.
the principal will also attend this meeting. We (3) ________ at the same school, don’t we?
Girl : I know. Ronny : Yes. I am in the (4) ________.
Clara : I am also in the tenth grade, in Class X1. What
Jawaban: about you?
1. They are going to have a meeting. Ronny : I am in Class X6. My name is Ronny. What’s your
2. At school. name?
3. At two o’clock. Clara : Clara. Excuse me. It’s (5) ________ to get the
4. The principal. medicine. See you.
5. It refers to the other OSIS staff members. Ronny : See you.

B. Listen and complete the dialog based on what you B. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A.
have heard. 1. When does the dialog occur?
Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru dan 2. Where does the dialog probably take place?
jawaban: 3. Who does Clara buy medicine for?
Irfan : Hi, Rosita. What are you doing? 4. What are the speakers?
Rosita : Just (1) reading a magazine. What’s up? 5. Ronny says, “My name is Ronny.”
Irfan : Look at who is coming with me. Please meet Dandy, What does he mean?
my new (2) classmate. Dandy, this is Rosita, my sister. Jawaban:
Rosita : Nice to meet you. Task A
Dandy : Nice to meet you too. 1. long queue 2. medicine 3. study
Rosita : Um ... it seems that I have (3) seen you before. 4. tenth grade 5. my turn
Irfan : Of course, you have. He is Mr. Adly’s son, our new Task B
(4) neighbor. 1. When the speakers are queueing to buy medicine.
Rosita : O, yeah. I (5) remember. But ... you said that he is your 2. In a pharmacy/dispensary.
classmate? 3. For her mother.
Irfan : Yes. He is a new student in my class. 4. They are schoolmates.
Rosita : I see. 5. He introduces himself.

C. Answer the following questions based on the dialog

in Task B. D. Listen and choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct
answer.
Jawaban:
1. At Irfan and Rosita’s home. Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
2. She is reading a magazine. This dialog is for questions 1 and 2.
3. He is Irfan’s new classmate/neighbor. Boy : Hi, Alice. Don’t go anywhere during break time?
4. He introduces Dandy to Rosita. Girl : Oh, hi, Galih. No, I prefer staying here.
5. It refers to ‘Dandy’. Boy : Where is Leo?
Girl : He went to the canteen with his friends just now. What’s
up?

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 3

Boy : I want to return his dictionary. Anyway, will you give it to
him when he returns to class? Renny : What happened to Mr. Angga, Sir?
Girl : Sure. Mr. Robin : He has a fever, so (3) ________. That’s why, he
Boy : Thank you. Bye. would like you to do the tasks on pages 50 and
Girl : You’re welcome. Bye bye. 51.
Renny : What should we do after we finish doing them?
Jawaban: Mr. Robin : (4) ________.
1. C 2. B Renny : All right, Sir.
Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru: Mr. Robin : O.K. That’s all. Don’t make any noises while
This dialog is for questions 3 to 5. doing your work. (5) ________.
Boy : Excuse me. May I sit here? Students : See you, Sir.
Girl : Sure. B. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A.
Boy : Are you waiting for someone?
Girl : Yes. My friend will meet me at four thirty. 1. When does the dialog probably take place?
Boy : I see. Well, I am Ryan. And you? 2. Who is absent?
Girl : I’m Shinta. What are you doing here? 3. Why is he absent?
Boy : Just hanging out. I often walk around the park during the 4. What must the students do?
late afternoon, to refresh myself. 5. Renny asks, “What should we do after we finish doing
Girl : Do you live nearby? them?”
Boy : Yes, about five hundred meters from here. There’s a girl What does ‘them’ refer to?
approaching. It must be your friend. I’ll have to go now. Jawaban:
Bye. Task A
Girl : Bye. 1. c 2. a 3. f 4. e 5. b
Jawaban: Task B
3. E 4. A 5. D 1. In the morning.
2. Mr. Angga.
3. He has a fever.
4. They must do the tasks on pages 50 and 51.
5. It refers to the tasks on pages 50 and 51.

C. Arrange the following sentences in the correct order

A. Complete the blanks with the correct expressions to form a sequential dialog.
from the box. Then, practice it in pairs.
Then, practice the dialog in pairs.
Jawaban:
Jawaban: The correct arrangement of the sentences is 2–6–3–8–1–11–
1. d 2. f 3. b 4. e 5. a 5–9–7–12–4–10.

B. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A. D. Complete the following statements based on the
Jawaban: dialog in Task C.
1. In the principal’s room. Jawaban:
2. In the afternoon. 1. have a study club 2. three
3. About Viona’s proposal. 3. Anita 4. at Jalan Anggrek no. 78
4. Because the students will have midterm tests during those 5. opposite
days.
5. She will revise it.

A. Arrange the following sentences in the correct

A. Complete the blanks with the correct expressions order to form a sequential dialog.
from the box. Then, practice it with a friend.
Then, practice the dialog in pairs. 1. Vika : By the way, I would like you to meet my
cousin, Delia. She also studies at this
a. How are you today school. Delia, this is Rendy, my classmate.
b. See you 2. Vika : Hello, Rendy.
c. Good morning 3. Vika : Having lunch alone?
d. Hello 4. Vika and : Bye-bye.
e. Put your work on my desk Delia
f. he can’t teach you today 5. Rendy : Um ... I don’t think you are in the tenth grade,
are you?
Mr. Robin : (1) ________, students. 6. Rendy : Yes.
Students : Good morning, Sir. 7. Rendy : I see. Sorry, I have finished my lunch.
Mr. Robin : (2) ________? I have to go back to my class now. Bye.
Students : We are fine. Thanks. 8. Rendy : Hello, Delia. Nice to meet you.
Mr. Robin : I have an announcement. Today Mr. Angga is 9. Rendy : Hello, Vika.
absent. 10. Delia : You are right. I am in the eleventh grade.
11. Delia : Hello, Rendy. Nice to meet you too.

4 Recounts
 You : I am looking for a mobile phone for my
B. Complete the following statements based on the
sister. Anyway, this is my sister, Tania. Tania,
dialog in Task A.
this is Raka, my friend from the course.
1. Vika probably meets Rendy at Your friend : Nice to meet you, Tania.
_____________________________________. Your sister : Nice to meet you too, Raka.
2. The dialog possibly takes place during
_____________________________________.
3. Rendy is having
_____________________________________ when the
conversation takes place.
4. Vika introduces
________________________________ to Rendy.
5. Delia is in the __________________________________ Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru
grade. dapat memberikan soal berikut.
Jawaban: 1. You have just arrived home from school. Your mother
Task A welcomes and greets you. You talk about your day at
The correct arrangement of the sentences is 2–9–3–6–1–8– school. How would the conversation go?
11–5–10–7–4. 2. You and your sister study together. You have finished
studying and want to sleep. You say goodnight to your
Task B sister. How would the conversation go?
1. the school canteen 2. break time 3. You are going to Surabaya by train alone. There is
3. lunch 4. her cousin, Delia a girl sitting beside you. You introduce yourselves to
5. eleventh each other. How would the conversation go?
4. You are visiting your friend at hospital. Your cousin is
E. Create dialogs based on the following accompanying you. You introduce your cousin to your
situations. friend. How would the conversation go?
Practice the dialogs in pair. Contoh jawaban:
1. Your mother : Good afternoon, Tiara.
Contoh jawaban:
You : Good afternoon, Mom.
1. You : Hi, Candra.
Your mother : How was your day?
Your friend : Hi, Viko.
You : It was nice. You know, I have a new
You : It’s unusual for you to travel by bus.
classmate.
Your friend : Yes. My father can’t give me a lift because
Your mother : Do you?
his motorcycle broke down.
You : Yes. She sits next to me. She is
You : I see. Is this your first time going to school by
beautiful and friendly. I’ll introduce her
bus?
to you one day.
Your friend : Yes, it’s my first experience and it’s enjoyable.
Your mother : O.K. Anyway, I have prepared your
You : Yeah. We should learn to enjoy new
lunch. Change your clothes and have
experiences.
lunch now.
2. You : Well, we have discussed the preparation of You : All right, Mom. Thanks.
our school anniversary celebration for about
2. Your sister : Your eyes are red.
one hour. Any questions so far?
You : Yes. I am very sleepy.
Your friend : Um … will we be having a meeting before the
Your sister : Why don’t you go to bed now?
celebration?
You : I will. You know, I have finished my
You : Sure. We will have the final meeting next week,
homework and want to sleep now. What
with details later.
about you?
Your friend : O.K.
Your sister : I haven’t finished my homework yet.
You : All right, if everything is clear, I think we can
You : Sorry. I’m going to bed.
close the meeting. See you at the final
Your sister : That’s O.K. Goodnight.
meeting.
You : Goodnight.
Your friend : See you.
3. You :
Hello. Having a trip alone?
3. You : Excuse me, I am Rosita. Are you Tyas?
A girl :
Yes.
Your friend : Yes, you’re right. Hello, Rosita. Nice to meet
You :
May I know you? I am Candra.
you.
A girl :
Sure. My name is Donna.
You : Hello, Tyas. Nice to meet you too. Have you
You :
Nice name. Where are you going, Donna?
waited for me for a long time?
A girl :
To Surabaya. What about you?
Your friend : Only about ten minutes I think.
You :
So we are heading in the same destination.
You : Anyway, is this your first visit here?
I want to visit my grandpa there. And you?
Your friend : Actually yes.
A girl : I want to go home. I just visited my uncle in
You : You know, there are many beautiful places in
Jakarta.
this town. Let’s go sightseeing.
You : I see.
Your friend : O.K.
4. You : Hello, Raka.
Your friend : Hello, Arya.
You : What are you doing here?
Your friend : I want to buy a mobile phone. My old one is
broken. What about you?

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 5

 4. You : Hello, Denny. How are you?
Your friend : I am better now. Thanks for coming.
You : Never mind. Anyway, this is Alya, my
cousin. Alya, this is Denny, my best
friend. A. Listen and complete the text based on what you have
Your cousin : Glad to meet you, Denny. heard.
Your friend : Glad to meet you too, Alya.
Teks yang dibacakan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
Your cousin : Anyway, what happened to you?
Last month my family and I spent our holiday in
Your friend : I had an accident and broke my left arm.
(1) my uncle’s house in Bogor.
Thank God it has healed now.
We went there by car. My father drove the car
You : That’s relieving.
carefully since the road was winding and (2) rose steadily.
Along the journey we saw many (3) tea plantations.
We arrived at my uncle’s house in the evening. My
uncle’s family welcomed us happily. They had prepared
a (4) special feast for us and invited us to a barbecue
1.2 Genre party outside the house. During the party, we were
(5) chatting about everything.
The next morning, I woke up early. The weather was
still cold. After having (6) a cup of coffee, I told my uncle
that I wanted to enjoy the tea plantation. My uncle agreed
and asked (7) my cousin to accompany me, to see his tea
plantation. Walking along the plantation was (8) very
interesting. I could feel the freshness of the morning air.
A. Find the meanings of the following words. I could also see many people, especially women,
You will hear the words in Task B. (9) picking tea leaves.
It was really an (10) unforgettable experience!
Jawaban:
1. teman sebangku 2. waduk Soal yang dikerjakan oleh peserta didik:
3. menambatkan 4. mendesak Last month my family and I spent our holiday in
5. meyakinkan 6. dayung (1) ________________ in Bogor.
7. mengayuh 8. menceburkan diri We went there by car. My father drove the car carefully
9. cekatan 10. punggung since the road was winding and (2) ________________. Along
the journey we saw many (3) ________________.
B. Listen and complete the text based on what you have We arrived at my uncle’s house in the evening. My uncle’s
heard. family welcomed us happily. They had prepared
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru dan a (4) ________________ for us and invited us to a barbecue
jawaban: party outside the house. During the party, we were
I had a close friend named Rossy. She was my (1) deskmate (5) ________________ about everything.
when I was in junior high. We had many unforgettable experiences The next morning, I woke up early. The weather was still
and I’ll tell you one of them. cold. After having (6) ________________, I told my uncle that
One day, we went to a (2) reservoir near my house. It was I wanted to enjoy the tea plantation. My uncle agreed and
very quiet. Nobody else was there then. There was an (3) empty asked (7) ________________ to accompany me, to see his
boat moored at the bank of the reservoir. Rossy asked me to ride tea plantation. Walking along the plantation was
on the boat, but I declined. You know, I could not swim then. (8) ________________. I could feel the freshness of the
However, Rossy (4) insisted we ride on the boat and told me that morning air. I could also see many people, especially women,
everything would be fine. She convinced me that she could swim. (9) ________________ tea leaves.
After considering, I agreed to get on the (5) boat. It was really an (10) ________________!
Rossy took the oars and gave me one of them. Then, both of B. Answer the questions based on the text in Task A.
us (6) paddled the boat together. We paddled and paddled. We
didn’t realize that we had paddled a long way. Suddenly, the wind 1. Where did the speaker and his/her family spend their
(7) blew hard. Our boat lost its balance and we plunged into the holiday?
water. I was very panicky, since I could not swim. 2. Why did the speaker’s father drive his car carefully?
Fortunately, Rossy was (8) adroit. She swam, with me on 3. When did the speaker enjoy walking along tea plantation?
her back. After a hard struggle, we finally reached the bank of the 4. Who accompanied the speaker while walking along the
(9) reservoir. tea plantation?
Since that moment, I learned to swim. It was really 5. What did the speaker see at the tea plantation?
a memorable (10) experience. Jawaban:
Task A
C. Answer the questions based on the text in Task B. 1. my uncle house 2. rose steadily
3. tea plantations 4. special feast
Jawaban: 5. chatting 6. a cup of coffee
1. She was the speaker’s close friend/deskmate in junior high 7. my cousin 8. very interesting
school. 9. picking 10. unforgettable experience
2. To a reservoir.
3. They paddled a boat.
4. Because the wind blew hard.
5. She swam, with the speaker on her back.

6 Recounts
 Task B
1. At the speaker’s uncle’s house in Bogor.
2. Because the road was winding and rose steadily.
3. After having a cup of coffee in the morning.
4. His/her cousin.
5. She saw many people, especially women, picking tea
leaves.
D. Listen and choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct
answer.
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
It was Monday morning. I arrived at school very early.
Nobody else had arrived yet.
As usual I walked towards my desk on the third row. When
I wanted to take a seat, I was very surprised. You know what!
There was a gift on my chair. It was small and looked nice. It was
neatly wrapped in pink paper and tied with red ribbons.
I took it and put it on my desk, but I didn’t dare to open it.
I was terrified. I remembered the terror bomb threat, which
recently happened. I gazed around, but nobody was there. I tried
to convince myself that it was not a bomb. It was a gift for me.
However, it was not my birthday.
Finally, my courage rose. I was sure it was a gift for me.
I carefully opened the wrapping paper and untied the ribbons.
I opened the small box and found a very nice hairclip. Wow! It
was the hairclip which I wanted to buy. I tried to get the sender’s
name, but I found nothing. Who had put it here then? How could
the person know what I wanted?
Before I stopped wondering, my deskmate appeared at the
door. I told her about the gift. As a response, she just smiled and
said, “That is for you.”
Understanding the response, I knew that she was the one
who had given me the gift. I hurriedly grabbed her and said
thanks.
Jawaban:
1. B 2. D 3. A 4. C 5. A
A. Compose a recount text based on the
following series of events.
Share your text orally in class.
Contoh jawaban:
One afternoon, Sonia browsed the Internet and found
an article about the advantages and disadvantages of online
businesses. She read it carefully and you know, she was
interested in having an online business. Her mother is a tailor so
she had an idea to promote her mother’s products, such as
shirts, long dresses, gowns, etc, online.
Then, Sonia told her mother about her plan. Her mother
agreed, but still hesitated. She didn’t understand the Internet.
Sonia convinced her mother that she should not worry. She
would promote the products via social media. Later, she would
try to make her own blog, promoting her mother’s products.
You know what! Since then, Sonia’s mother’s business ran
well. Many people ordered the products online. Of course, it
made her very happy. She really thanked Sonia.
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru
dapat memberikan soal berikut.
Main theme : Watching a TV roadshow
Supporting details :
● The show was held at the town square at night.
● It was free, so many people were interested in
watching it.
● The security and police officers checked everyone
who entered the square.
● The viewers brought newspapers and mats to sit on.
● The roadshow went well.
● Everyone was satisfied with the show.
Contoh jawaban:
You know what! Last week my friends and I watched
a TV roadshow at the town square. It was broadcast live
from a television station. The show was very familiar. Almost
everyone liked it and it got a high rating on television.
The show was free. That’s why, many people wanted to
see it. Before the show began, several security and police
officers checked everyone who entered the square,
including my friends and me. It was done to prevent
mishaps during the show.
Then, we tried to look for the best viewing positions.
Unfortunately, we could not reach the viewing position,
close to the stage. We laid down the newspapers and mats
which we had brought and sat on them. We waited for the
show patiently. We talked and enjoyed the snacks we had
brought from home.
A few moments later, the show began. As usual, it
started with a song. Then, the presenter opened the show.
The actors and actresses performed well. They often
cracked jokes and it was a funny performance. We laughed
a lot during the show.
Overall, the TV roadshow went well and we were really
satisfied with the show.
B. Interview your friend about his/her activities
last holiday.
Do it in turns.
Then, compose and retell his/her experience
before the class.
Contoh jawaban:
Well, friends. I have interviewed Danni about his activities
last holiday. Now, let me tell you about it.
Last holiday Dani went to his uncle’s house in a village. He
went there with his brother. He felt happy to go there. In the
morning, he walked around the village. It was very cool and
green everywhere. The air was very fresh. He and his brother
could see many people going to the ricefield. Not only that, Dani
and his brother fished in the river near their uncle’s house.
Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 7
 A. What do the following words mean? A. What do the following words mean?
You will read the words in the text in Task B. You will read the words in the text in Task B.
1. oil lamp = ________________
Jawaban: 2. arc = ________________
1. merasa ingin tahu/penasaran 2. pada awalnya 3. glow = ________________
3. benjol, jendul 4. mengukur 4. to take on = ________________
5. hubungan 6. keberanian 5. to intend = ________________
7. ingatan 8. pemetaan 6. glow-bulb = ________________
9. rerata 10. cemerlang 7. filament = ________________
8. platinum = ________________
B. Complete the text with the suitable words from the 9. withstand = ________________
box. 10. governor = ________________
Jawaban: B. Complete the text with the suitable words from the
1. d 2. j 3. f 4. a box.
5. h 6. c 7. g 8. b
a. prevent b. electricity c. pieces
C. Answer the following questions based on the text in d. terrible e. oil f. wonderful
Task B. g. high h. took on i. blackout
j. patent
Jawaban:
1. Franz Joseph Gall’s discovery of mapping a human skull
In the 1870s, a few houses had gas lamps. Other
called “phrenology”.
people used (1) ________ lamps—or they went to bed at
2. He was a German doctor.
dusk. The only electric lights were arc lights, where the glow
3. He thought that human brain was the source of human
came from an arc or ‘spark’ of electricity jumping
behavior.
continuously between (2) ________ of carbon. The arc
4. First, he looked at the heads of many people. He located
lights shone for only a few hours, then they had to be
the bumps on their skulls and measured them. Then, he
replaced.
asked the people questions about themselves, to learn
Realizing the conditions, Thomas Alva Edison visited
about their behavior. He looked for a link between people’s
the arc light exhibition of William Wallace. He (3) ________
bumps and their behavior.
the invention of a ‘safe, mild and inexpensive’ electric lamp
5. 27 areas.
as his target. Moreover, he intended to set up a system of
electricity generators, wires and cables, like the gas pipe
D. Read the text in Task B.
network, to bring (4) ________ to everyone. He obtained
Identify the simple past tense by circling the past
money from businessmen and set up the Edison Electric
auxiliaries and underlining the verbs past.
Light Company. He worked very hard to achieve his dream.
Jawaban: In 1878 he applied for his first (5) ________ in search
for a ‘glow-bulb’. It described a filament made of platinum,
Throughout history, human behavior seemed impossible to
a hard metal that could withstand very (6) ________
understand. People wondered why several students were temperatures. There was also an electrical governor to
good at math, while others were not . In the early 19th century, (7) ________ the platinum overheating.
Throughout the next year, work continued on the electric
a German doctor named Franz Joseph Gall thought he could light.
answer the complex questions. What a (8) ________ invention!
Adopted from: Steve Parker, Great Scientists Thomas Edison, London, Chrysalis
Initially, Dr. Gall believed that the brain was the source of Books PLC, 2002.

human behavior. It was possible to understand human behavior C. Answer the following questions based on the text
in Task B.
if we understood how the brain functioned. He wondered if the
1. What is the text about?
functions of the brain created bumps on a person’s skull (the bone 2. How did an arc or ‘spark’ of electricity jump in arc lights?
around one’s head). 3. How did Thomas Alva Edison get money for his research?
4. What was a ‘glow-bulb’ like?
Then, Dr. Gall began to test his idea. First, he looked at the 5. What was the function of an electrical governor?
heads of many people. He located the bumps on their skulls and
D. Read the text in Task B.
measured them. Then, he asked the people questions about Identify the simple past tense by circling the past
themselves. He wanted to learn about their behavior. He looked auxiliaries and underlining the verbs past.
for a link between people’s bumps and their behavior. Jawaban:
Task A
Finally, Dr. Gall thought he could link every bump on 1. lampu minyak 2. busur
a human skull to a certain brain function. Several functions were 3. cahaya, sinar 4. mempelajari
friendship, music, numbers, bravery, humor and memory. He 5. bermaksud untuk 6. lampu pijar
7. kawat pijar 8. platina
created a complex map of an average human head, with 27 areas 9. bertahan 10. pengatur
and Dr. Gall named the mapping of human skull “phrenology”.
What a brilliant idea!

8 Recounts
 Task B
1. e 2. c 3. h 4. b
5. j 6. g 7. a 8. f
Task C
1. Thomas Alva Edison’s invention of glow-bulbs.
2. It jumped continuously between pieces of carbon.
3. He obtained money from businessmen.
4. It was a filament made of platinum, a hard metal that
could withstand very high temperatures.
5. To prevent the platinum overheating.
Task D
In the 1870s, a few houses had gas lights. Other
people used oil lamps—or they went to bed at dusk. The
only electric lights were arc lights, where the glow came
from an arc or ‘spark’ of electricity jumping continuously
between pieces of carbon. The arc lights shone for only
a few hours, then they had to be replaced.
Realizing the conditions, Thomas Alva Edison visited
the arc light exhibition of William Wallace. He took on the
invention of a ‘safe, mild and inexpensive’ electric lamp as
his target. Moreover, he intended to set up a system of
electricity generators, wires and cables, like the gas pipe
network, to bring electricity to everyone. He obtained money
from businessmen and set up the Edison Electric Light
Company. He worked very hard to achieve his dream.
In 1878 he applied for his first patent in search for
a ‘glow-bulb’. It described a filament made of platinum,
a hard metal that could withstand very high temperatures.
There was also an electrical governor to prevent the
platinum overheating.
Throughout the next year, work continued on the
electric light.
What a wonderful invention!
E. Complete the text with the verbs in brackets.
Change the verbs into past forms.
1. Peserta didik memahami kalimat-kalimat rumpang dalam
teks, terutama kata-kata dalam kurung. Kemudian, peserta
didik mengubah kata-kata kerja dalam kurung menjadi
bentuk past.
2. Peserta didik diminta tunjuk jari dan menyebutkan
jawabannya. Bapak/Ibu Guru dan peserta didik yang lain
menyimak. Jika memiliki jawaban yang berbeda, peserta
didik yang lain dapat tunjuk jari dan menyebutkan
jawabannya.
3. Bapak/Ibu Guru memberi penilaian dan memotivasi
peserta didik berani mengemukakan jawabannya.
Jawaban:
It [1] was Nindy’s first day at high school. She [2] thought
she [3] would be the first one to arrive, but she [4] was wrong.
A girl [5] was seated on the first row when she [6] entered the
classroom. The girl was reading a book and [7] didn’t notice
Nindy. Nindy [8] greeted the girl and [9] intended to introduce
herself. What a surprise! The girl [10] was Alya, her best friend
when they [11] were at elementary school. Nindy [12] was very
happy.
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru
dapat memberikan soal berikut.
Last month I [1. visit] ________ a batik festival in Solo.
It [2. be] ________ an annual attraction. Many people
[3. watch] ________ it along the road sides. Like a parade,
people joined the festival and [4. walk] ________ along the
main street. They [5. wear] ________ various types of
clothing made of batik. The designs [6. be] ________
unique and attractive. I [7. can] ________ not imagine that
they [8. have to] ________ walk such a long distance. Of
course, it [9. be] ________ very tiring. However, all of them
[10. look] ________ happy.
Jawaban:
Last month I [1] visited a batik festival in Solo.
It [2] was an annual attraction. Many people [3] watched it
along the road sides. Like a parade, people joined the
festival and [4] walked along the main street. They
[5] wore various types of clothing made of batik. The
designs [6] were unique and attractive. I [7] could not
imagine that they [8] had to walk such a long distance.
Of course, it [9] was very tiring. However, all of them
[10] looked happy.
F. Arrange the following sentences in the correct order
to form a sequential text.
Jawaban:
The correct arrangement of the jumbled sentences is 5–3–1–6–
2–4.
G. Write the sentences containing adjective phrases in
the text in Task F.
1. Peserta didik diminta memahami kembali teks yang
runtut pada kegiatan sebelumnya ( Task F ) dan
mengidentifikasi penggunaan adjective phrase dalam
teks tersebut.
2. Bapak/Ibu Guru meminta peserta didik tunjuk jari dan
menyebutkan kalimat-kalimat yang menggunakan
adjective phrase.
3. Bapak/Ibu Guru memberi penilaian dan memotivasi
peser ta didik berani menyebutkan jawabannya,
meskipun belum tepat.
Jawaban:
● One Sunday afternoon, Nadya accompanied Nindya, her
twin sister, shopping.
● Nadya and Nindya saw slippers displayed on the racks.
● Nadya, standing near entrance door, approached Nindya
and helped her choose the slippers.
● She opened her room door and saw a gift with a note
“Happy Birthday, Nadya” stuck on the wrapping paper.
Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 9
 A. Arrange the following sentences in the correct
order to form a sequential text.
1. Soon, both teams wearing different T-shirts entered the
hall. As they did, the cheerleaders in white uniforms
waved their steamers.
2. Finally, our school team won and we were happy
knowing that both teams had given their best.
3. Last night my friends and I went to the basketball hall
to watch our school basketball team playing against
the Shooters.
4. The game was so interesting that the supporters of
both teams chanted loudly every time a player scored
points.
5. When we arrived at the hall, we sat in our seats and
the emcee announced that the game would start soon.
6. Then, the referee blew his whistle to signal the start of
the game.
Adapted from: http://www.smartenglishcourse.com/online-english-course/
recount-text-ball-dome/ (March 2, 2015)
B. Write the sentences containing adjective phrases
in the text in Task A.
Jawaban:
Task A
The correct arrangement of the sentences is 3–5–1–6–4–2.
Task B
● Last night my friends and I went to the basketball hall
to watch our school basketball team playing against
the Shooters.
● Soon, both teams wearing different T-shirts entered
the hall.
● As they did, the cheerleaders in white uniforms
waved their steamers.
H. Change the adjective clauses in the following
sentences into suitable adjective phrases.
See the example.
Example:
A jacket that is in the wardrobe is my brother’s.
→ A jacket in the wardrobe is my brother’s.
Jawaban:
1. The man blowing a whistle is the referee.
2. Bags made of leather are expensive.
3. The boys, my neighbors, are very happy to win the
competition.
4. Do you know that girl wearing jeans and a yellow T-shirt?
5. Rendra, the scout leader, checked the final preparation for
the camp.
10 Recounts
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat
memberikan soal berikut.
Example:
Do you like the clay vase that is on the table?
→ Do you like the clay vase on the table?
1. The bird that flew away is Rendra’s.
2. Have you seen a little girl who is wearing a black
sweater before?
3. A mango tree that is in front of my house bears fruit.
4. The woman who picks me up after school frequently is
my aunt.
5. The biological experiment which was conducted in my
school laboratory was successful.
Jawaban:
1. The bird flying away is Rendra’s.
2. Have you seen a little girl wearing a black sweater
before?
3. A mango tree in front of my house bears fruit.
4. The woman picking me up after school frequently is
my aunt.
5. The biological experiment conducted in my school
laboratory was successful.
I. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
Jawaban:
1. C 2. E 3. D 4. B 5. A
Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
Isaac Newton was a shy and quiet boy growing up on
a farm in England 300 years ago. He was not a very
exceptional student. He enjoyed spending much of his time
making contraptions, such as a windmill used to grind grain,
a clock which was powered by water and other various
inventions. As a result, he did very poorly at school. His
teacher described him as ‘idle’ and ‘inattentive’. Nobody
paid much attention to him. Nobody that is, except a cruel
boy.
One day the the cruel boy hurt Isaac. That made Isaac
very mad! He fought back and won.
Isaac had taught the cruel boy a lesson, but he wasn’t
satisfied with that. Now that he knew he could fight better
than the cruel boy. He wanted to prove that he could do
anything better than the cruel boy. So he started paying
attention at school and studied hard. He was soon top of his
class, proving he was smarter than the cruel boy too.
Isaac Newton kept on studying and when he was old
enough, he became a math professor at Cambridge
University. He discovered lots of important things and is one
of the most famous scientists who ever lived.
It should be remembered that, because one
has difficulty at school doesn’t mean they are stupid. Isaac
Newton proved that!
Adopted from: http://questgarden.com/68/49/8/080717150401/process.htm
(November 4, 2014)
1. What was Isaac Newton like when he was a boy? Cambridge University.”. Jadi, Isaac Newton menjadi
A. He was shy and quiet. professor di usia yang dewasa, tidak remaja lagi.
B. He was exceptional. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai
C. He was attentive. dengan isi teks; (A) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama
D. He was diligent. paragraf satu, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat keempat
E. He was cruel. paragraf satu, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama
paragraf tiga, dan (E) sesuai dengan kalimat
2. Who made Newton want to prove that he could do
terakhir paragraf empat.
everything better?
A. His father. B. His mother. 5. B. Kata ’idle’ dan ’lazy’ memiliki makna yang sama,
C. His friend. D. His teacher. yaitu malas. Pilihan jawaban (B) benar. Pilihan
E. His cruel’s classmate. jawaban yang lain salah karena maknanya
berbeda; (A) artinya cerdas, (C) artinya jujur,
3. What did Isaac Newton become at Cambridge University? (D) artinya berani, dan (E) artinya rakus.
A. A head of the university.
B. A physics professor.
C. A math professor.
D. A researcher.
E. A chemist.
4. Which statement is NOT TRUE?
A. Isaac Newton came from England. A. Change the following sentences into simple past
B. When Isaac Newton was a boy, he did poorly at tense.
school. Jawaban:
C. Isaac Newton had taught a cruel boy a lesson. 1. Amara grew many plants in her garden.
D. Isaac Newton became a professor when he was 2. Nirina gave me a rabbit and asked me to look after it well.
young. 3. The birds were afraid of a scarecrow, so they flew skywards.
E. Isaac Newton was a great scientist. 4. Hilmy put his bag into the locker before entering the library.
5. “His teacher described him as ‘idle’ and ‘inattentive’.” 5. Mrs. Diana took several notes and identity cards from the
(Paragraph 1) drawer.
What is the similar meaning of ‘idle’?
A. Smart. B. Lazy.
C. Honest. D. Brave.
E. Greedy.
Jawaban:
1. A. Isaac Newton merupakan seorang anak laki-laki Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu guru
pemalu dan pendiam waktu ia masih anak-anak. dapat memberikan soal berikut.
Hal itu disimpulkan dari kalimat awal teks, ”Isaac
1. Yoga rides his bicycle when he goes to school.
Newton was a shy and quiet boy growing up on
2. Tommy sells his old mobile phone and buys a new one.
a farm in England 300 years ago.” yang artinya
3. Dian wants to share her problem with me, but still
”Isaac Newton merupakan seorang anak laki-laki
hesitates.
pemalu dan pendiam yang hidup di sebuah
4. I write about the importance of being punctual on a piece
peternakan di Inggris 300 tahun yang lalu.”. Pilihan
of paper.
jawaban (A) benar.
5. Betty shakes her head to show that she does not agree
2. E. Pilihan jawaban (E) sesuai dengan kalimat dalam with my idea.
paragraf tiga, ”Isaac had taught the cruel boy
Jawaban:
a lesson .... He wanted to prove that he could do
1. Yoga rode his bicycle when he went to school.
anything better than the cruel boy. He was soon top
2. Tommy sold his old mobile phone and bought a new one.
of his class, proving he was smarter than the cruel
3. Dian wanted to share her problem with me, but still
boy too.” yang artinya ”Isaac telah mengajarkan
hesitated.
sesuatu terhadap anak laki-laki nakal tersebut ....
4. I wrote about the importance of being punctual on
Ia ingin membukti-kan bahwa ia dapat melakukan
a piece of paper.
sesuatu yang lebih baik daripada anak laki-laki
5. Betty shook her head to show that she did not agree
nakal tersebut. Dengan cepat ia menjadi juara
with my idea.
kelas, yang membuktikan bahwa ia lebih pintar
daripada anak nakal itu.”.
3. C. Isaac Newton menjadi profesor dalam bidang B. Make five sentences using adjective phrases.
Matematika di Universitas
Cambridge saat ia dewasa, sesuai dengan pilihan Contoh jawaban:
jawaban (C). Hal itu disimpulkan dari kalimat 1. The rich woman always wears a necklace made of diamond.
pertama paragraf empat, ”Isaac Newton kept on 2. There is a hut built of bamboos in the rice field.
studying and when he was old enough, he became 3. The boy standing at the corner is my schoolmate.
a math professor at Cambridge University.”. 4. Laila, my penpal, wants to visit our town next month.
5. The girl playing a guitar is a famous musician.
4. D. Pilihan jawaban (D) benar untuk soal tentang
pernyataan yang salah karena tidak sesuai dengan
kalimat pertama paragraf empat, ”... when he was
old enough, he became a math professor at

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 11

 C. Continue the paragraphs below into
a recount text using the words in the box.
1.3 Short Functional Texts:
Contoh jawaban:
Last holiday my friends and I camped on a hill. We went Announcements and Messages
there on foot, so it was rather tiring.
We pitched two tents on flat land, between high trees, one
for the boys and the other, for the girls.
After pitching the tents and having lunch, we were very tired. My
friends decided to have a nap for a while. However, could not
close my eyes. I got out of my tent to look around.
Suddenly, a bird perched on a tree. The bird had very
beautiful feathers. It was chirping happily on the tree.
Being interested in the bird, I approached it. I thought
I would climb up the tree, to get the bird. Suddenly, the bird flew
away. It perched on another tree.
I followed the bird and didn’t realize that I was far away from
my tent. The bird flew skywards and I started to realize that I had A. What do the following words mean?
arrived at a strange place. I saw a hut and took a shelter in it. You will hear the words in Task B.
I was very afraid and tried to call my friends. Unfortunately, there
was no phone signal in that area. I could not call my friends. Jawaban:
Being tired, I slept in the hut. I was woken up by shouts 1. wirausaha 2. bermanfaat
calling my name. I was sure they were my friends. I shouted 3. wirausahawan 4. latihan
loudly and told them where I was. Finally, they found me and we 5. memberikan
were together again.
That was really an unforgettable experience for me. B. Listen and complete the announcement based on
what you have heard.
D. Write a recount text about a great man
Pengumuman yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru
or woman.
dan jawaban:
Contoh jawaban: Attention, please.
Florence Nightingale was born in Florence, Italy, on May 12, If you are interested in (1) entrepreneurship, please join
1820. As a child, Florence was very close to her father. He took a training program called “Entrepeneurship for Students: Why
responsibility for her education and taught her Greek, Latin, Not?” at Garuda Hall on Sunday, July 8, 2012, at nine a.m. Surely,
French, German, Italian, history, philosophy and mathematics. this training program will be (2) useful for you. You will get some
At the age of twenty-five she told her parents she wanted to tips on how to start entrepreneurship and to even become
become a nurse. Her parents were totally opposed to the idea as a (3) successful entrepreneur. The training will be (4) provided
nursing was associated with working-class women. Florence’s by a very successful entrepreneur, Mr. Kasali. For more
desire to have a career in medicine was reinforced when she met information, please contact Ms. Deanne, your (5) counseling
Elizabeth Blackwell at St. Bartholomew’s Hospital in London. teacher. Thank you.
Florence, now thirty-one, went to Kaiserwerth, Germany where
she studied to become a nurse at the Institute of Deaconesses. C. Answer the following questions based on the
During the Crimean War, British soldiers began going down announcement in Task B.
with cholera and malaria. Within a few weeks an estimated 8,000
men were suffering from these two diseases. Florence Jawaban:
Nightingale volunteered her services and was eventually given 1. About a training program on entrepreneurship.
permission to take a group of thirty-eight nurses to Turkey. 2. It will be held at Garuda Hall on Sunday, July 8, 2012, at
Nightingale found the conditions at the army hospital in nine a.m.
Scutari appalling. The men were kept in rooms without blankets 3. Because they will get tips on how to start entrepreneurship
or decent food. Unwashed, they were still wearing their army and to become a successful entrepreneur.
uniforms, “stiff with dirt and gore”. Diseases such as typhoid, 4. Mr. Kasali, a very successful entrepreneur.
cholera and dysentery were the main causes why the death-rate 5. They should contact Ms. Deane, their counseling teacher.
was so high among wounded soldiers.
Military officers and doctors objected to Nightingale’s views
on reforming military hospitals. They interpreted her comments
as an attack on their professionalism and she was made to feel
unwelcome. Nightingale received very little help from the military
until she used her contacts at The Times to report details of the
way the British Army treated its wounded soldiers. John Delane,
the editor of newspaper took up her cause and after a great deal
of publicity, Nightingale was given the task of organizing the
Barrack Hospital and improving the quality of the sanitation.
In 1856 Florence Nightingale returned to England as
a national heroine. She had been deeply shocked by the lack of
hygiene and elementary care that the men received in the British
Army. Nightingale therefore decided to begin a campaign to
improve the quality of nursing at military hospitals.
Adopted from: http://www.spartacus.schoolnet.co.uk/REnightingale.htm (November 2,
2014)

12 Recounts
 B. Answer the questions based on the announcement in
Task A.
Jawaban:
Listen and complete this statements based on what you 1. It is about a bazaar to celebrate the school anniversary.
have heard. 2. Next month.
3. The products sold in the next bazaar should be home-made.
Pengumuman yang dibacakan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru: 4. To increase students’ creativity and entrepreneurship.
Attention, students. 5. They should contact their homeroom teachers.
To celebrate Mother’s Day, our school will have
a poem writing contest. The poems should be about
mother’s affection or your love for her. You can also show
your gratitude for her merits. The poems should be
typewritten and submitted to the committee before
Saturday. For further information, please contact Hanny, A. Arrange the following sentences to form
the committee chairperson. Thank you. a sequential announcement.
1. The announcement is about ______________________. 1. Thank you.
2. The poems should be about ______________________. 2. You should record your interview and prepare it for the
3. The poems should be ______________________ before next English lesson.
they are submitted to the committee. 3. Attention, please.
4. Students should submit their poems ________________. 4. Then, we will discuss it together.
5. To get further information, students before should 5. You should find a foreigner there to talk to, or to
________________________________. interview him/her.
6. To improve your English speaking skill, we will go to
Jawaban: Borobudur next month.
1. a poem writing contest 7. For further information, please contact Mr. Angga, the
2. mother’s affection, our love for her or our gratitude for her English teacher.
merits
3. type-written B. Answer the questions based on the announcement
4. Saturday in Task A.
5. contact Hanny, the committee chairperson 1. When will the students go to Borobudur?
2. What is the purpose of the plan?
D. Listen and choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct 3. What should the students do there?
answer. 4. Who should the students contact to get more information?
5. “... and prepare it for the next English lesson.”
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru: What does ‘it’ refer to?
This announcement is for questions 1 and 2.
Jawaban:
Attention, please.
Task A
For the students who would like to join Paskibra, please
The correct arrangement of the sentences is 3–6–5–2–4–7–1.
gather at the school yard at break time, to practice marching.
Thank you. Task B
1. Next month.
Jawaban:
2. To improve the students’ English speaking skill.
1. D 2. A
3. They should find a foreigner to talk to, or interview him/
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru: her.
This announcement is for questions 3 to 5. 4. Mr. Angga, their English teacher.
Attention, please. 5. It refers to ‘the record of the talk/interview’.
The library is being renovated, so it will be closed temporarily.
However, if you need to borrow books, you don’t need to worry. C. Create announcements based on the
You can go to the teacher’s office. There is a space in it, where we following situations.
put some of the books. Thank you.
Contoh jawaban:
Jawaban:
1. Attention, friends.
3. B 4. E 5. C
Are you interested in becoming members of the youth red
cross club? If you are interested, please enroll with Angga,
the youth red cross chairperson. Becoming members would
be very beneficial. Thank you.
2. Good morning, students.
I’ve just received news that our school has been appointed
A. Arrange the following sentences to form a sequential best school in town. I’m very happy and proud. I hope we
announcement. can maintain the achievement, even improve on it. Thank
you.
Jawaban:
The correct arrangement of the sentences is 6–1–4–2–5–3.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 13

 Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat A. Fill in the blanks with the correct words from the
memberikan latihan berikut. box.
1. Suppose you are a teacher. You announce that there
will be a new student in your classroom. a. backyard b. showing c. playing
2. Your class will join a carnival to celebrate Independence d. afternoon e. Mom f. fed
Day. You announce that the final preparation will be held
this afternoon after school.
To: (1) ________
Contoh jawaban:
1. Good morning, students. Mom, I am (2) ________ soccer with my friends on the
You will have a new classmate named Nanda. She is pitch. I have finished my homework, (3) ________ the
from Palu. She is with me now. She will introduce herself fish in the aquarium and the chickens in the
to you. O.K. Nanda, the time is yours. (4) ________. I would be home late (5) ________.
Thanks.
2. Attention, please.
The day after tomorrow we are going to join a carnival Ardian
to celebrate Independence Day. We will have the final
preparation this afternoon after school. Don’t miss it. B. Answer the following questions based on the text
Thank you. in Task A.
1. What is the purpose of the message?
D. Tell the class an announcement. 2. Who writes the message?
You may choose your own topic. 3. What is the writer doing?
Contoh jawaban: 4. What has the writer done?
Attention, please. 5. When will the writer be home?
To celebrate our school anniversary, we will have a singing Jawaban:
performance during the first week of August. You have Task A
an opportunity to show your talent at singing. Your performance 1. e 2. c 3. f 4. a 5. d
will be accompanied by the school band. Not only that, there will Task B
be many door prizes during the event. So, don’t miss it. Enroll 1. To give information.
yourself, or your groups to the OSIS committee members before 2. Ardian.
the end of the week. 3. He is playing soccer with his friends at the pitch.
4. He has finished his homework, fed the fish in the
aquarium and the chicken in the backyard.
5. Late afternoon.

C. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.

A. Fill in the blanks with the correct words from the box.
Jawaban:
Jawaban: 1. B 2. C 3. A 4. E 5. E
1. b 2. d 3. f 4. a 5. c

B. Answer the following questions based on the text in

Task A.
Jawaban:
1. In the afternoon.
Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru
2. She was having a nap.
dapat memberikan latihan berikut.
3. She should boil water and make tea.
4. Sandra’s uncle, aunt and cousin. This text is for questions 1 to 3.
5. To the bakery, to buy cakes.
Dicky, the train will be departing in a few minutes. I am
at the train station now, waiting for you. Please come
soon, or we will miss the train.

Alvin

1. What is the purpose of the text?

A. To make an announcement.
B. To congratulate a person.
C. To ask a favor.
D. To remind a person.
E. To inform a person.

14 Recounts
2. Where is Alvin now?
A. In his house.
B. On a train.
C. On the way home.
D. At the railway station. A. Write messages based on the following
E. On the way to the railway station. situations.
3. “Dicky, the train will be departing in a few minutes.” Contoh jawaban:
What is the similar meaning of ‘departing’?
A. Leaving. B. Coming. 1. Tiara, you are still shopping in a supermarket,
C. Continuing. D. Walking. aren’t you? Please drop by a pharmacy and buy
E. Running. medicine for me. I have a headache. Thank you.
This text is for questions 4 and 5. Rizal

Sarah, sorry, I have to cancel our appointment.

I can’t accompany you to the computer exhibition
because I’ve a diarrhea. We can go there tomorrow. The
exhibition will last for seven days, won’t it?
Della
2. Ratna, are you at home this afternoon? I would
like to borrow your laptop computer, to type my work.
Mine is broken. Please reply soon. Thanks.
Angga

4. Why does Della cancel her appointment?

A. She is busy.
B. She has no free time.
C. She has something to do.
D. Her mother is sick.
E. She is sick.
5. How long will the computer exhibition last?
A. Three days. B. Four days.
C. Five days. D. One week.
E. Two weeks.
Jawaban:
1. C. Melalui pesan tersebut, Alvin memberi tahu Dicky
bahwa kereta api yang akan mereka tumpangi
akan segera berangkat sehingga Dicky harus
segera datang. Jadi, teks tersebut bertujuan
meminta sesuatu (to ask a favor), sesuai dengan
pilihan jawaban (C).
2. D. Pilihan jawaban (D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”I am at
the train station now, waiting for you.”.
3. A. Kata ’departing’ artinya berangkat. Kata tersebut
memiliki makna yang sama dengan ’leaving’ yang
artinya pergi atau meninggalkan. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena maknanya berbeda;
(B) artinya datang, (C) artinya lanjut, (D) artinya
berjalan, dan (E) artinya berlari.
4. E. Della membatalkan janji karena ia sakit (diare),
sesuai dengan pilihan jawaban (E). Hal itu sesuai
dengan kalimat ”I can’t accompany you to the
computer exhibition because I’ve a diarrhea.”.
5. D. Pameran komputer akan berlangsung selama satu
minggu. Hal itu disimpulkan dari kalimat ”The
exhibition will last for seven days, won’t it?”. Frasa
’seven days’ (tujuh hari) memiliki makna yang sama
dengan ’one week’ (satu minggu). Pilihan jawaban
(D) benar.
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru
dapat memberikan soal berikut.
1. You feel bored at home, so you decide to go to your
friend’s house. You send him/her a message first and
ask whether he/she is at home.
2. Your laptop computer is broken and you will have it
repaired. You send a message to your friend and ask
him/her to accompany you to a computer repairman.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Hello, Andy, what are you doing? Are you at
home right now? If yes, I would like to visit you.
I need your help to finish the science homework.
Gerry
2. Farah, my laptop computer is broken. I need to take
it to a computer repairman. Will you accompany me
there? Thank you.
Indah
B. Write a reply to the following message.
Contoh jawaban:
O.K., I will come, but perhaps I will be late. I have to
babysit of my little sister before my mother arrives home.
Alya

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 15


Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat
memberikan soal berikut.
Although Kartini was not able to continue her studies at
higher level, she was smart and had a bright idea. She gained
much knowledge from the books she read. To express her idea,
she established a school for local people, at the backyard of
Jepara town hall.
Adopted from: http://peperonity.com/go/sites/mview/recount/14825446 (November 12,
2014)

Indah, what time will you arrive in my town? Questions:

When you arrive at the train station, please call me. 4. Why did Kartini’s father call her ‘Trinil’?
I will pick you up. 5. How did Kartini spend her ‘pingitan’ time?
Dora

Contoh jawaban:

Dora, I am boarding the train now.

The trip will be around five hours.
I will call you as soon as I arrive at the railway station.
i. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
Indah
Jawaban:
1. D 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. E
6. D 7. E 8. B 9. C 10. A
11. D 12. D 13. B 14. E 15. C
Tape Script for Assessment 16. B 17. D 18. A 19. E 20. C

This dialog is for question 1. II. Write a recount text about your
Boy : Good morning, Atika. experience.
Girl : Good morning, Fariz. Oh, you’ve arrived at school so
early today. A. Practice
Contoh jawaban: the following dialogs with a friend.
Boy : I did. By the way, our class will have a biology test today. Last Sunday my friends and I went to Yogyakarta by train.
Have you prepared for it? We wanted to enjoy walking along Jalan Malioboro. You know,
Girl : Sure, I have. What about you? the street stretches from Tugu Railway Station to Yogyakarta
Boy : I have too. Palace.
Well, we arrived at Tugu Railway Station at about 9 a.m.
Question:
Outside the station, we saw traditional transport, such as
1. Where does the dialog probably take place?
pedicabs (becak) and carts (andong). The drivers offered us
This dialog is for question 2. a ride, but we refused them politely.
Man : Well, time is up and I have to end the lesson now. Please Um ... walking along Jalan Malioboro was very interesting.
prepare yourself well for the test next week. During our stroll, we saw hotels, shopping centers, art galeries,
Girl : Sure, Sir. batik studios and souvenir stalls. We also passed the Yogyakarta
Man : O.K. See you later. Governor’s office and Beringharjo Market.
Girl : Thank you and see you. The street was very crowded. We agree that Jalan
Malioboro is the most famous shopping promenade in the city.
Question:
Along the street, there are many sidewalk shops selling anything
2. When does the dialog probably happen?
from exquisite Javanese handicrafts to funky clothes. We were
This dialog is for question 3. interested in buying batik T-shirts.
Boy : Hi, Sheila. It was really tiresome, but we enjoyed it.
Girl : Hi, Indra.
Boy : Sheila, please meet my mother.
Girl : How do you do?
Question:
3. Who is being introduced to the girl?
This monolog is for questions 4 and 5.
You know, Kartini was born in Mayong Jepara on April 21,
1879. As the daughter of a noble family, she was lucky because
she received a better education than other children. She was
very energetic, so her father called her ‘Trinil’. After her father
was elected head of regency in Jepara, she and her family
moved to Jepara. There she got a big chance to develop her
ideas. She could study at the Dutch school, where only children
from noble families were allowed to study.
Few years after finishing her studies, Kartini wanted to
continue her studies at higher level, but the custom forbade
women from going to school. So, Kartini was secluded at home
and forbidden to leave, until a man proposed to her. During her
‘pingitan’ time, she spent her time reading books, from her
relatives.

16 Recounts
Tape Script for Review Unit I Version A the sun rose higher, he realized that a strange sputtering noise
was coming from the engine. To his horror, it gave one last
This dialog is for question 1. sputter and died. During that time, he was not too worried.
Girl : Hi, Bobby. Undoubtedly, a boat would come by and rescue him. So he sat
Boy : Hi, Alda. patiently, waiting to be rescued, as his boat drifted about
Girl : What are you doing here? aimlessly.
Boy : Waiting for some friends. We have a dinner appointment It soon turned night. Rain poured down in heavy torrents.
at this restaurant. The sea became wild and choppy. His boat was rocking back
and forth. Finally, a huge wave approached and this boat
Question: capsized. He saw land and swam towards it. As he stumbled on
1. When does the dialog probably occur? the reassuring ground, his knees gave in and he collapsed. He
This dialog is for question 2 awoke with the sun’s rays glaring into his sleepy eyes. He
Boy : Excuse me. May I meet Alisha? realized that he was stranded on a deserted island.
Adapted from: Anonymous, Challenging English Essays, Singapore, Redspot
Girl : I am Alisha. What’s the matter? Publishing.
Boy : Well, I am Aldi, Aldo’s brother. Aldo is sick today, so would
Questions:
you please give this letter of absence to your teacher?
3. What is the monolog about?
Girl : O.K.
4. What did Jack do near some islands in the South China
Boy : Thanks.
Sea?
Question: 5. Why didn’t Jack feel worried when the boat’s engine died?
2. Who is Aldi?
This monolog is for questions 3 to 5.
Jack was stranded. Edward Island was too small and too
deserted for one person to roam about in. It all began when he
was fishing alone near some islands in the South China Sea. As

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 17

 Review Unit I RAHASIA

Version A
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris Semester : 1 (satu)
Kelas : X Tanggal : ....

Nama Nomor Induk

Kelas Tanda Tangan

7. Which statement is NOT TRUE?

I. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
A. Dion has two free tickets.
B. The concert will be held next week.
A. Listening Section
C. The concert will be held at the town square.
1. A. In the morning. D. Dion will give one ticket to Robby although he doesn’t
B. At mid-afternoon. want to see the concert.
C. In late afternoon. E. Robby should respond to the message soon.
D. In the evening.
E. At midnight. This text is for questions 8 and 9.
Attention, please.
2. A. Aldo’s brother.
Your friend, Fania, has lost a sum of money. She is sure that
B. Alisha’s brother.
she put the money in her bag and lost it during break time.
C. Alisha’s classmate.
Anyone who knows the thief, please tell me. For the one who
D. Aldo’s classmate.
took it, don’t hesitate to admit so. I will appreciate your honesty.
E. Aldo’s cousin.
You don’t need to confess here. You can meet me, Ms. Jeanny, at
3. A. Jack who lost his boat. the teachers’ office. Thank you.
B. Jack who found a new island.
C. Jack who was stranded on an island. 8. Where did Fania lose her money?
D. Jack who swam towards a new island. A. In her classroom.
E. Jack who bought a new island. B. On her way to school.
C. In the school yard.
4. A. He built a sand castle. D. On the bus.
B. He played water. E. At home.
C. He swam.
D. He dived. 9. “..., don’t hesitate to admit so.”
E. He fished. The word ‘admit’ is similar in meaning to ________.
A. tell B. join
5. A. He wanted to be stranded on an island. C. confess D. investigate
B. He thought that a boat would come by and rescue him. E. appreciate
C. He saw a boat that would rescue him.
D. He believed that he would survive. This text is for questions 10 to 13.
E. The waves were not big. Princess Diana was an iconic figure of the late 20th century.
During her life she was often said to be the most photographed
This is the end of the listening section. person. She was also admired for her charity work; in particular
her work with AIDS patients and supporting the campaign for
B. Reading Section banning landmines.
Diana grew up in the family home of Park House, before
This text is for questions 6 and 7.
moving to Althorp in 1975. She did not shine as a student, but
did well in music and ballet. When she met her future husband,
Robby, there will be a music concert at the town square next
Diana was working as a part-time assistant in a nursery school in
week. Are you interested in it? If you are, you can
London.
accompany me. I’ve two free tickets. However, if you aren’t,
In 1981, Diana married Prince Charles. During their
I’ll give the ticket to Andra. Please respond soon.
marriage they had two sons, Prince William and Prince Harry.
However, not long after, strains started to appear in the marriage
Dion
and under much publicity the marriage broke up leading to
a divorce in 1992. During this period Diana was said to have
6. What is the purpose of the text?
suffered various health problems, such as bulimia and
A. To decline an appointment.
depression.
B. To invite a person to do something.
As Princess of Wales, Diana was expected to take part in
C. To ask for information about something.
various official engagements, such as the opening of hospitals.
D. To ask a person to do something.
This provided a natural outlet for her to become involved in
E. To congratulate a person.
various types of charitable work. In 1987, Princess Diana was

18 Recounts
one of the first well-known celebrities to be photographed with Aristotle was away from Athens for twelve years. First, he
a victim of AIDS. This was important in changing attitudes to the went to Assos, to the court of Hermias of Atarneua, part of what
disease. At that time, many thought the disease could spread by is now Turkey. Here he studied politics and biology, taught pupils
touch. and advised the rulers.
Shortly before her death, Princess Diana met Mother During this time, Aristotle carried out many observations
Teresa. Mother Teresa said, “Diana is my daughter.” With utmost and studies on nature, especially fish and seashore creatures.
humility Diana said, “I am very, very small Mother Teresa.” He cut them open, identified their parts and organs and
Adopted from: http://www.biographyonline.net/people/short-bio-princess-diana.html suggested what these might do.
(April 12, 2014)
This method of working was very unusual for the time. Most
10. Where did Diana work when she met her future husband, of his colleagues did not ‘get their hands dirty’. They were
Prince Charles? thinkers, not doers. They rarely carried out tests, or observed the
A. In a hospital. real world closely, or made records of what they saw. Aristotle
B. At the palace. was establishing a whole new tradition, which for us today, is
C. In a company. a central part of science.
D. In a music studio. Adopted from: Steve Parker, Great Scientists Aristotle, London, Chrysalis Books PLC,
2003.
E. In a nursery school.
16. Where did Aristotle come from?
11. How long was Diana married to Prince Charles? A. United States. B. England.
A. Nine years. B. Ten years. C. Canada. D. Greece.
C. Eleven years. D. Twelve years. E. Japan.
E. Thirteen years.
17. What did his father do?
12. What did Princess Diana do, which changed people’s view A. A scientist. B. A biologist.
on AIDS? C. A physician. D. A philosopher.
A. She was photographed with a person who suffered E. A fortune teller.
from AIDS.
B. She built a hospital for people who suffered from AIDS. 18. Why did most of Aristotle’s colleagues hesitate to work at
C. She visited people who suffered from AIDS. that time?
D. She treated patients who suffered from AIDS. A. They were thinkers, not doers.
E. She lived with people who suffered from AIDS. B. They were not scientists.
C. They were not smart.
13. Who did Princess Diana meet shortly before her death? D. They were cowards.
A. Prince Charles. E. They were lazy.
B. Prince William.
C. Prince Harry. 19. Which statement is NOT TRUE?
D. Mother Teresa. A. Aristotle carried out many observations, especially on
E. Queen Elizabeth. fish.
B. Aristotle left Athens for twelve years.
14. Alice : Have you submitted your drawing to the committee? C. Aristotle studied politics and biology in Assos.
What did you draw ? D. Aristotle had interests in nature studies, biology and
Leo : Yes, I have. I ________ a horse. anatomy.
A. draw B. am drawing E. Aristotle’s colleagues always observed the real world
C. was drawing D. have drawn closely.
E. drew
20. “He cut them open, ....” (Paragraph 4)
15. Ranny : Did you see the dictionary ________? It’s Alya’s. What does ‘them’ refer to?
Tommy : No, I didn’t. Maybe Alya has taken it. Why don’t A. Fish and seashore creatures.
you ask her? B. Giant creatures.
Ranny : Yes, I will. C. Human bodies.
A. is on this desk D. Big plants.
B. was on this desk E. Pupils.
C. on this desk
D. be on this desk II. Write a message to your friend.
E. being on this desk You may choose your own topic.
This text is for questions 16 to 20.
Aristotle was a great Greek philosopher. His father was
a physician (doctor) to King Amyntas of Macedonia.
As a boy, Aristotle probably watched his father treating
patients and making medicines from parts of plants and animals.
From this, Aristotle may have gained his interests in nature
studies, biology and anatomy.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 19

Kunci Review Unit I Version A Tape Script for Review Unit I Version B
I. Pilihan Ganda
This dialog is for question 1.
1. D 11. C Boy : Hi, Dinda.
2. A 12. A Girl : Hi, Raffi.
3. C 13. D Boy : Are you ready to go rafting?
Girl : Yes. I’m well prepared for everything.
4. E 14. E
Question:
5. B 15. C 1. What are the speakers going to do?
6. B 16. D
This dialog is for question 2.
7. D 17. C Boy : Hello. May I sit here?
8. A 18. A Girl : Sure.
9. C 19. E Boy : You are a new student in this school, aren’t you? My name
is Rama.
10. E 20. A Girl : I am Shinta.
II. Uraian Question:
Contoh jawaban: 2. Who is the girl?
This dialog is for question 3.
Nadya, I am in the Internet cafe now, browsing articles to Boy : Is this your house?
complete our paper. About our appointment to study Girl : Yes. Will you come in? I’ll introduce you to my mom.
together, if you and others have arrived at my house, please Boy : No, thanks. I have to be home soon. Bye.
wait for me and discuss our paper at first. I will be home Girl : O.K. Bye bye.
soon. Thank you.
Question:
3. Where does the dialog probably take place?
Dina
This monolog is for questions 4 and 5.
Last year I learned a valuable lesson. It all happened when
my mother entrusted me with the job of delivering some
important documents to my uncle. I stupidly insisted on carrying
the papers in an old traveling bag, rather than in something more
substantial.
I had to get on a bus to reach my uncle’s house. I was not
all alarmed until I reached my destination. I discovered to my
dismay that the bag next to me was not my own. The bag had
contained some recently purchased fruit.
My overnight stay at my uncle’s was not a happy one. I felt
guilty to have caused such anguish. Luckily for me, the documents
in my bag contained my cousin’s name and address. The lady who
walked off with it proved to be very honest. She turned up at my
cousin’s house, full of apologies and we exchanged bags.
Adopted from: R. Glover, G. Rodway, P. Shirley, H. Toner, The Cambridge Revision Guide,
Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2001.
Questions:
4. How did the speaker go to his/her uncle’s house?
5. Why did the speaker feel guilty?

20 Recounts
 Review Unit I RAHASIA

Version B
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris Semester : 1 (satu)
Kelas : X Tanggal : ....

Nama Nomor Induk

Kelas Tanda Tangan

7. Why does Suzan ask for such a help?

I. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
A. She has no motorcycle.
B. She lost her motorcycle.
A. Listening Section
C. Her motorcycle broke down.
1. A. To swim. E. Someone has used her motorcycle.
B. To go camping. D. Her father doesn’t let her go by motorcycle.
C. To go hiking.
D. To go rafting. This text is for questions 8 and 9.
E. To go diving. Attention, students.
Tonight we will have Earth Hour. Do you know what it
2. A. The boy’s best friend.
means? Yes. We will turn off the electricity for one hour, from
B. The boy’s old friend.
eight thirty p.m. until nine thirty p.m. Not only Indonesian people
C. The boy’s new schoolmate.
will turn off their electricity at these hours, but also all people
D. The boy’s new neighbor.
worldwide will do it. That’s why, we suggest you turn off your
E. The boy’s cousin.
electricity at these times. Thank you.
3. A. At the girl’s house.
8. What is the announcement about?
B. At the boy’s house.
A. Earthquakes. B. AIDS day.
C. In a course.
C. Earth Day. D. The electricity.
D. In a clasroom.
E. Earth Hour.
E. In a park.
9. What is the announcer’s suggestion then?
4. A. On foot. A. We should not use electricity.
B. By bus. B. We should plant many trees around us.
C. By car. C. We should turn on electricity at certain hours.
D. By taxi. D. We should turn off electricity at certain hours.
E. By train. E. We should keep our Earth green and clean.
5. A. He/she was lost. This text is for questions 10 to 13.
B. He/she missed the bus. Leonardo Da Vinci was born on April 15, 1452. He lived for
C. He/she forgot to bring important documents. about sixty-seven years. Leonardo had no last name. In Italian
D. He/she made his/her uncle sad. ‘da’ means from. He was from a town called Vinci. So his last
E. His/her bag was exchanged with another passenger’s. name means ‘from Vinci’.
Leonardo went to a school called St. Luke. His inspiration for
This is the end of the listening section. drawing animals came from the animals outside. He loved to
draw them. People that he learned from were famous. They were
B. Reading Section scholars, kings and other artists. He showed his paintings to an
This text is for questions 6 and 7. artist named Andrea Del Verroccardo for tips on painting. From
all the advice he got, he created several great paintings.
Mitha, are you going to attend the course this afternoon by Leonardo did many other things besides being an artist. He
motorcycle? If you are, can you give me a ride? You always was a musician, mathematician, scientist, inventor, philosopher,
pass by my house while riding to the course, don’t you? I’ll writer, architect and sculptor. In his other career as an inventor,
wait for you in front of my house. My motorcycle broke down. his sketches of his ideas were masterpieces by themselves. His
Thank you. career was very important to him. He liked art and all the other
things he did.
Suzan Mona Lisa was Leonardo’ greatest painting. This marvelous
painting was painted more than 450 years ago. Leonardo used
6. What does Suzan ask Mitha to do? squares, circles and curved off soft edged shapes. This
A. To give her a ride. masterpiece had gracefully smooth lines. If you were to feel this
B. To pick her up. painting, it would feel soft and smooth.
Adopted from: http://www.kyrene.org/schools/brisas/sunda/art/davinci.htm (April 12,
C. To take her to a course. 2014)
D. To go to a course by motorcycle.
E. To wait for her in front of her house.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 21

10. What does ‘Da Vinci’ mean? Thomas Watson became an associate of Bell. He made
A. Love Vinci. B. Vinci’s son. parts and built models of Bell’s inventions. One day while they
C. From Vinci. D. To Vinci. were working, Bell accidently heard the sound of a plucked reed
E. Leave Vinci. coming over the telegraph wire. Watson had been tuning the
metal reeds in the next room. Bell drew up a plan for the
11. When did Leonardo Da Vinci pass away? telephone and they continued to experiment. The next day he
A. In 1516. B. In 1517. transmitted the famous words, “Mr. Watson, come here. I want
C. In 1518. D. In 1519. you!” A few months later, on February 14, 1876, he applied for
E. In 1520. a patent on his telephone.
Adopted from: http://www.gardenofpraise.com/ibdbell.htm (April 12, 2014)
12. Besides being an artist, Leonardo had the following
professions, EXCEPT ________. 16. What was Alexander Graham Bell interested in throughout
A. an architect his life?
B. a scientist A. Working with the deaf.
C. a teacher B. Working with the blind.
D. a writer C. Working with science.
E. an inventor D. Doing research.
E. Working with medicines.
13. “He loved to draw them.” (Paragraph 2)
What does ‘them’ refer to? 17. How did Alexander Graham Bell mostly study?
A. Animals. B. Artists. A. By attending a public school.
C. Portraits. D. Nature. B. By attending a private school.
E. Plants. C. By reading books in a public library.
D. By reading books in his grandpa’s library.
14. Bryan : What did you see along the journey?
E. By reading books in his father’s library.
Lucy : I ________ beautiful landscapes.
A. see B. am seeing 18. What disease attacked Mabel Hubbard which made her deaf?
C. saw D. seen A. Dengue fever.
E. was seen B. Scarlet fever.
C. Anemia.
15. Kayla : Look at the boy ________. He is our old friend, isn’t
D. Stroke.
he?
E. Heart attack.
Ivan : Yes. You’re right. He is Tonny.
A. plays the drums 19. In 1876 Alexander Graham Bell got a patent on his ________.
B. playing the drums A. device for the deaf
C. played the drums B. visible speech
D. is playing the drums C. electricity
E. was playing the drums D. telegraph
E. telephone
This text is for questions 16 to 20.
Alexander Graham Bell was born in Scotland. His mother 20. “The next day he transmitted the famous words, ....” (Last
was deaf. She was a musician and a painter of portraits. His paragraph)
father, who taught deaf people how to speak, invented “Visible What is the synonym of ‘transmitted’?
Speech”. This was a code which showed how the tongue, lips A. Heard.
and throat were positioned to make speech sounds. Graham, or B. Said.
“Aleck”, as his family called him, was interested in working with C. Sent.
the deaf throughout his life. D. Received.
He only attended school for five years; from the time he was E. Yelled.
ten until he was fourteen, but he never stopped learning. He read
the books in his grandfather’s library. When he was in his early II. Write a school announcement.
20’s, his two brothers died of tuberculosis. Bell himself had the You may choose your own topic.
disease and his father moved the family to Canada. Finally, Bell
recovered from the disease.
Two years later he went to Boston to open a school for
teachers of the deaf and then became a professor at Boston
University. It was at this time that he met Mabel Hubbard, one of
his students. She was 10 years younger than him. Mabel became
deaf at the age of four, due to scarlet fever.

22 Recounts
Kunci Review Unit I Version B II. Uraian
Contoh jawaban:
I. Pilihan Ganda Good morning, all new students of Grade X.
1. D 11. D Please gather at the school hall to listen to the principal’s
speech after school. He will give you advice about how to study
2. C 12. C
effectively and efficiently. You may ask questions, or share your
3. A 13. A problems regarding with your studies. He will help you find the
4. B 14. C solutions. Thank you.
5. E 15. B
6. A 16. A
7. C 17. D
8. E 18. B
9. D 19. E
10. C 20. C

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 23

 Have you ever dreamt of a gorgeous land with beautiful ladies and handsome princes,
where animals can talk, where miracles happen every day? You may create it yourself.
At the end of this unit you By listening, reading and creating narrative stories, you have been near to the land!
will be able to:
1. express happiness,
2. invite, accept and
decline an invitation,
3. deliver spoken
invitations,
4. present narratives using
spoken English,
5. write invitations,
6. create written
narratives, and
7. use prepositional phrases
and past continuous
tense correctly.

24 Narratives
 Dialog 2
Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
2.1 Expressions Man : Thank you, Ms. Sophia, for your willingness in
helping the children to learn English.
Woman : Don’t mention it, Sir. I am happy to do it. My intention
is that all the children here can use English regardless
of their economic position.
Man : Do you think they will make progress?
Woman : I think so. I am happy because all the children here
are high-spirited. They are willing to walk a long way
from their houses, just to study English. I hope they
can be successful people in the future.
Man : I hope so.
Jawaban:
A. Listen and complete the dialog based on what you Dialog 1
have heard. 1. buy daily needs 2. drop by her house
3. declines; a long shopping list 4. Jalan Hayam Wuruk
Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru dan
5. about a month ago
jawaban:
Harvey : Congratulations! You are an (1) entertainer now. Dialog 2
Cynthia : Yes, thanks. I am very happy because I won the 1. she was willing to help the children learn English
singing contest, which allowed me to get (2) many 2. can use English; their economic position
offers to sing. Thanks for your support. 3. high-spirited
Harvey : Don’t mention it. 4. walk a long way
Cynthia : By the way, would you please come to my house on 5. successful people
Sunday morning, at about (3) 11 a.m.?
Harvey : Hmm ... this is August. So, you will celebrate your
birthday, won’t you?
Cynthia : Yes, but now I’d like to celebrate it in an (4) orphanage.
Harvey : An orphanage?
Cynthia : Yes. I just want to share my happiness with the Listen and answer the questions based on what you have
orphans. heard.
Harvey : You are really a kind girl, Cynthia. You (5) haven’t
changed your character although you are famous. Percakapan yang dibacakan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
Cynthia : Oh, don’t praise me too highly, please. Boy : You know what! My mother has allowed me to join
the trip!
B. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A. Girl : Wow, that’s good news. No wonder you look
happy. Usually your mother wouldn’t let you go.
Jawaban: Boy : Yes, but this time is different. Maybe she thinks
1. She is an entertainer/singer now. that this trip is useful for me.
2. She won a singing contest. Girl : I think so. So, let’s plan what we are going to do!
3. For his support so that she became an entertainer.
4. To come to her birthday party. 1. What does the boy feel?
5. On Sunday, at around 11 a.m. 2. Why does he have such a feeling?
6. At an orphanage. 3. What does the girl say to respond to the boy’s news?
7. She wants to share happiness with the orphans. 4. According to the boy, why does his mother finally allow
8. She is kind and humble. She hasn’t changed her character him to go?
although she is famous. 5. What are the speakers going to do after the conversation?

C. Listen and complete the statements based on what Jawaban:

you have heard. 1. He feels happy.
2. His mother has allowed him to join the trip.
Dialog 1 3. She says that it is good news.
Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru: 4. She thinks that the trip is useful for him.
Boy : Hi, Lita! Going shopping? 5. They are going to plan for the trip.
Girl : Well, just window shopping. What about you?
Boy : I just want to buy some daily needs.
Girl : By the way, my house is not a long way from here. Why
don’t you drop by?
Boy : Near here? As far as I remember, you live on Jalan
Kusumanegara, don’t you?
Girl : Well, the one on Jalan Kusumanegara is my old house. A. Complete the dialogs with the correct words from the
Now I live on Jalan Hayam Wuruk. boxes.
Boy : So, it means you have moved to a new house?
Girl : Yeah ... since about one month ago. Jawaban:
Boy : O.K., maybe another time. I still have a long shopping Dialog 1
list. Anyway, thanks for the invitation. Just tell me how to 1. e 2. c 3. d 4. a 5. f
get your house.
Dialog 2
Girl : O.K.
1. c 2. h 3. a 4. g
5. f 6. i 7. b 8. e

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 25

 B. Make a dialog using the expressions you
have learned in this unit.
Then, practice it in pairs.

Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru Contoh jawaban:

dapat memberikan soal berikut. Dito : Hey, you have been looking at the calendar for a long
time. Any plan?
Dialog 1
Jeffry : Yeah, next month we will have one day off. On that day
a. feel fresher b. invitation c. my neighbor my friends and I are going mountain climbing. Want to
d. suffering e. third time f. can be saved join us?
g. frightening h. gratitude Dito : Thanks, but it is still a long way ahead. I don’t know
whether I will be available on that day or not.
Tia : Hi, Ranny, I saw you in Gardenia Hospital when You know, my football team will have a competition at
I was passing Gardenia Street. Are you sick? the end of next month. So, there may be practice the
Ranny : No. I just donated my blood to (1) ________. You days before.
know what! I have just received information that Jeffry : I see. Please let me know about your decision soon.
she (2) ________. I am very happy because of Dito : O.K.
that.
Tia : Donating your blood? How brave you are! Is it
painful?
Ranny : Well, for just a few moments. But the happiness
is far more beyond the (3) ________. 2.2 Genre
Besides, I always (4) ________ after donating my
blood.
Tia : So, you have donated your blood many times?
Ranny : Not many times. This is the (5) ________ for me.
Tia : I hope I can also donate my blood, just like you.
Dialog 2

a. talented b. invitation c. big event

d. performance e. dreamt f. cultural week
g. youth activities h. singing i. energy
j. amazing
A. Find the meanings of the words.
Jordan : Anna, I didn’t guess that I could meet you here, You will hear them in the text in Task B.
at this (1) ________ celebration.
Anna : Hey, Jordan, I am happy I could meet you too. How Jawaban:
have you been? You look slimmer now. Are you on 1. menyimpan 2. pelancong
a diet? 3. antas, baik 4. mencurigai
Jordan : No ... maybe because I am involved with 5. menyimpan, menabung
(2) ________, which saps a lot of (3) ________.
Anna : By the way, I have an invitation for you. B. Listen and complete the text based on what you have
Jordan : What (4) ________? heard.
Anna : Well, just read it. Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru dan jawaban:
Jordan : Hmm ... for tomorrow. I think I can. Hey, Anna Once upon a time there was an old miser, who lived with his
Julianti! So you will be (5) ________ tomorrow! wife near a great town. He used to (1) put by every bit of money
Anna : Yup. he could lay his hands on. His wife was a simple woman and
Jordan : Congratulations! You have always (6) ________ they lived together without (2) quarreling, but she was obliged to
of being a singer, right? put up with very hard fare. At times, when there was some
Anna : Thanks, but I am not a singer yet. money and she wanted a decent dinner or (3) supper, she
Jordan : But ... it is great that you can sing in usually asked the miser for it, but he would say, “No, wife, we
a (7) ________ like this. must keep it for Good Fortune.” Almost (4) every coin that came
Anna : I think so. That’s why I am happy, but also into the house was put by for Good Fortune.
nervous. It’s my first (8) ________ in such The miser said this so often, that some of (5) his neighbors
an event. heard him. One of them thought of a trick to (6) get the money. So
Jordan : Don’t be nervous. I know you can. I will support the first day the old man was away from home, he (7) dressed
and pray for you. himself like a wayfarer and knocked on the door. “Who are you?”
Anna : O.K., thanks. See you again tomorrow. said the wife.
Jawaban: He answered, “I am Good Fortune and I’ve come for the
Dialog 1 money (8) your husband has laid by for me.” The simple woman
1. c 2. f 3. d 4. a 5. e did not (9) suspect anything. She gave it all to him.
Dialog 2 When the miser arrived home, the woman told him very
1. f 2. g 3. i 4. b pleasantly that Good Fortune had taken the money which had
5. h 6. e 7. c 8. d been (10) kept so long for him.
Adapted from: http://www.childrenstories.ca/Stories/The-Miser-And-His-Wife.html
(February 7, 2015)

26 Narratives

Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru
dapat memberikan soal berikut.
Teks yang dibacakan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
Once a frog that lived in a well (1) bragged to a turtle
that lived in the Sea.
“I am so happy!” cried the frog. “When I go out,
I jump about on (2) the railing around the edge of the
well. When I come home, I rest in (3) the holes inside the
wall of the well. If I jump into the water, it reaches up to my
armpits and I can float on my belly. If I walk in (4) the
mud, it covers up my flippered feet. I look around at the
wriggly worms, crabs and tadpoles and none of them can
compare with me. I am lord of (5) this well and I stand tall
here. My happiness is great. My dear Sir, why don’t you
come more often and (6) look around my place?”
Before the turtle from the Sea could get its left foot
in the well, its right knee got stuck. It (7) hesitated and
retreated. The turtle told the frog about the Sea.
“Even a distance of a thousand miles cannot give
you an idea of the sea’s width; even a height of
a thousand meters cannot give you an idea of its depth.
During the time of the great floods, the waters in the sea
did not (8) increase. During the terrible droughts, the
waters in the sea did not decrease. The sea does not
change with the passage of time and (9) its level does
not rise or fall according to the amount of rain that falls.
The greatest happiness is to live in the Sea.”
After listening to these words, the frog of the shallow
well (10) was shocked into realization of his own
insignificance and became very ill at ease.
Adopted from: http://allaboutfrogs.org/stories/well.html (March 1, 2015)
Soal yang dikerjakan oleh peserta didik:
Once a frog that lived in a well (1) ____________ to
a turtle that lived in the Sea.
“I am so happy!” cried the frog. “When I go out, I jump
about on (2) ____________ around the edge of the well.
When I come home, I rest in (3) ____________ inside the
wall of the well. If I jump into the water, it reaches up to my
armpits and I can float on my belly. If I walk in
(4) ____________, it covers up my flippered feet. I look
around at the wriggly worms, crabs and tadpoles and none of
them can compare with me. I am lord of (5) ____________
and I stand tall here. My happiness is great. My dear Sir, why
don’t you come more often and (6) ____________ my place?”
Before the turtle from the Sea could get its left foot in the
well, its right knee got stuck. It (7) ____________ and
retreated. The turtle told the frog about the Sea.
“Even a distance of a thousand miles cannot give you an
idea of the sea’s width; even a height of a thousand meters
cannot give you an idea of its depth. During the time of the
great floods, the waters in the sea did not (8) ____________.
During the terrible droughts, the waters in the sea did not
decrease. The sea does not change with the passage of time
and (9) ____________ does not rise or fall according to the
amount of rain that falls. The greatest happiness is to live in the
Sea.”
After listening to these words, the frog of the shallow well
(10) ____________ into realization of his own insignificance
and became very ill at ease.
Adopted from: http://allaboutfrogs.org/stories/well.html (March 1, 2015)
Jawaban:
1. bragged 2. the railing 3. the holes
4. the mud 5. this well 6. look around
7. hesitated 8. increase 9. its level
10. was shocked
C. Answer the questions based on the text in Task B.
Jawaban:
1. He was stingy.
2. To put up with very hard fare.
3. He said that it had to be put by for Good Fortune.
4. One of their neighbors.
5. When the man was away from home.
6. Like a wayfarer.
7. Good Fortune.
8. She gave all the money to him.
9. She told him that Good Fortune had taken the money.
10. We should not be stingy.
D. Read the text in Task B once again.
Underline the prepositional phrases in the text.
Jawaban:
Once upon a time there was an old miser, who lived with his
wife near a great town. He used to put by every bit of money he
could lay his hands on. His wife was a simple woman and they
lived together without quarreling, but she was obliged to put up
with very hard fare. At times, when there was some money and
she wanted a decent dinner or supper, she usually asked the
miser for it, but he would say, “No, wife, we must keep it for Good
Fortune.” Almost every coin that came into the house was put by
for Good Fortune.
The miser said this so often, that some of his neighbors
heard him. One of them thought of a trick to get the money. So
the first day the old man was away from home, he dressed
himself like a wayfarer and knocked on the door. “Who are you?”
said the wife.
He answered, “I am Good Fortune and I’ve come for the
money your husband has laid by for me.” The simple woman did
not suspect anything. She gave it all to him.
When the miser arrived home, the woman told him very
pleasantly that Good Fortune had taken the money which had
been kept so long for him.
E. Complete the sentences with the correct prepositions.
Jawaban:
1. on 2. after 3. until
4. about 5. to
F. Listen and choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
In the old days elephants had four huge wings and god
himself used to ride on one of them. But after the world was
created and men began to live on Earth, the elephants became
a nuisance. They crowed like cocks and flew skywards. When
they were tired, they descended and perched on the roofs of
houses. They were so heavy that the houses collapsed beneath
them.
When god heard of this, he was annoyed and decided that
he would have to do something about it. So one day, while they
were sleeping, god cut off their wings. Two of them he gave to
the peacock, who in those days had no tail and that is how the
peacock got his tail. The other two he stuck on the plantain tree,
which accounted for its great leaves.
When the elephants woke up and found they had lost their
wings, they were very angry. They ran away into the jungle and
ever since have been afraid of men.
Adapted from: http://www.4to40.com/folktales/index.asp?p=How_Men_Lost_
Their_Tails (March 2, 2015)A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Jawaban:
1. C 2. D 3. D 4. B 5. C
Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 27

A. Arrange the following paragraphs in the correct order
to form a sequential text.
Jawaban:
The correct arrangement of the paragraphs is 4–8–1–5–3–7–9–
2–6.
B. Answer the questions based on the text in Task A.
Jawaban:
1. Because the Sun’s house was not big enough for the Water
and its people.
2. A large compound.
3. Fish and all the water animals.
4. On the top of the roof of their house.
5. They went skywards.
A. Arrange the following paragraphs in the correct
order to form a sequential text.
1. Then, Sripad fell asleep on the velvet bed. After
he awoke, he began to think, “I am all alone in the
forest which is full of wild animals like lions, tigers
and wolves. They may come at any moment and
attack me. I would not be able to protect myself.”
2. While relaxing, he felt hungry and wished for
food. He said to himself, “If a plate of tasty food is
available for me now, I would be really lucky.”
3. It is said that a man is always led by his
thought. Positive thinking leads to positive results.
It anticipates happiness and favorable result from
every situation. Hence, we should always be
positive.
4. Sripad was amazed. He thought and thought
what made these happen. Then, he looked at the
tree under which he laid himself. “Oh, maybe this
tree,” he thought. He remembered his father’s story
about a tree which could fulfill one’s every wish.
5. Long ago, there was a man named Sripad. He
traveled from his village to town to find his fortune.
6. As soon as he thought of it, a plate of tasty
food appeared before him. He ate to his full
satisfaction. Too much of food made him drowsy
and he murmured, “How can I sleep on this rough
surface? Why couldn’t there be a soft bed for me?”
As he uttered these words, a colorful and
comfortable bed of velvet instantly appeared before
him.
7. As he thought so, a ferocious tiger appeared
and attacked Sripad. Poor Sripad ran away from
the place, hurriedly.
8. When passing through a forest, he felt tired and
wanted to have a rest for a while. He sat under a tree
to relax.
28 Narratives
9. He finally reached the outer part of the forest
and realized that the tiger didn’t chase after him.
He felt relieved, but regretted because he had to
leave the magic tree. It was because of his negative
thinking.
Adapted from: http://www.kidsgen.com/stories/bedtime_stories/
positive_and_negative_thinking.htm (February 7, 2015)
B. Answer the questions based on the text in Task A.
1. Why did Sripad travel?
2. Where did Sripad have a rest?
3. What happened when he wished for food?
4. What did he wish then?
5. What made the miracles happen?
6. What did he think when he awoke?
7. What appeared before him when he had such a thought?
8. What made Sripad regretful?
Jawaban:
Task A
The correct arrangement of the paragraphs is 5–8–2–6–4–1–
7–9–3.
Task B
1. To find his fortune.
2. Under a tree in a forest.
3. A plate of tasty food appeared before him.
4. A soft bed for him.
5. The tree under which he slept.
6. The wild animals might come and attack him.
7. A ferocious tiger.
8. He had to leave the magic tree.
C. Tell your friends a narrative story you like.
Contoh jawaban:
Once upon a time there was a small boy named Satria.
He was a kindhearted boy.
One day, Satria was crossing through the forest carrying
woods. He saw an old man who was very hungry. Satria wanted
to give him food, but he did not have food for himself. So he
continued on his way. On his way he saw a deer who was very
thirsty. He wanted to give it water, but he did not have water for
himself. So he went on his way ahead. Then, he saw a man who
wanted to make a camp, but he did not have wood. Satria asked
his problem and gave wood to him. In return, he received food
and water. Then, he went back to the old man and gave him food
and gave water to the deer. The old man and the deer were very
happy. Satria then happily went on his way.
On the other day Satria fell down the hill. He was in pain,
but couldn’t move and no one was there to help him. However,
the old man who he had helped before saw him and he quickly
came and pulled him up the hill. He had many wounds on his
legs. The deer whom Satria had given water saw his wounds and
quickly went to forest and brought herbs. After a while his
wounds were healed. All were very happy that they were able to
help each other.
Adopted from: http://www.moralstories.org/helping-others/ (March 11, 2015)

A. Arrange the following paragraphs in the correct order
to form a sequential text.
Jawaban:
The correct arrangement of the paragraphs is 4–2–5–1–3.
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru
dapat memberikan soal berikut.
The Miller, His Son and the Ass
1. “What foolishness,” cried one, “to walk when
they might as well ride. The most stupid of the three
is not the one you would expect it to be.”
The miller did not like to be laughed at, so he
told his son to climb up and ride.
2. The poor miller now set out sadly for home.
By trying to please everybody, he had pleased
nobody and lost his ass too.
3. One day, a long time ago, an old miller and his
son were on their way to market with an ass which
they hoped to sell. They walked it very slowly, for
they thought they would have a better chance to
sell it if it appeared in good condition. As they were
walking along the highway, several travelers
laughed loudly at them.
4. The ass did not dislike being carried, but so
many people came up to point at it, laugh and
shout, that it began to kick and bray. Then, just as
they were crossing a bridge, the ropes that held the
ass gave way and down it tumbled into the river.
5. They had no sooner started out again when
a loud shout was heard from another company of
people on the road.
“What a crime,” cried one, “to load up a poor
dumb beast like that! They look more able to carry
the poor creature, than to be carried.”
6. They had gone a little farther down the road
when three merchants passed by.
“Oho, what have we here?” they cried.
“Respect old age, young man! Get down and let the
old man ride.”
Though the miller was not tired, he made the
boy get down and climbed up himself to ride, just to
please the merchants.
7. “They must be on their way to sell the poor
thing’s hide,” said another.
The miller and his son quickly scrambled down
and a short time later, the market place was
an uproar, as the two came along carrying the
donkey slung from a pole. A great crowd of people
ran out to get a closer look at the strange sight.
8. At the next turnstile, they overtook several
women carrying market baskets loaded with
vegetables and other things to sell.
“Look at the old fool,” exclaimed one of them.
“Perched on the ass, while that poor boy has to
walk.”
The miller felt a bit vexed, but to be agreeable
he told the boy to climb up behind him.
Adopted from: http://oldfables.blogspot.com/2011/01/miller-his-son-and-
ass.html (February 1, 2015)
Jawaban:
The correct arrangement of the paragraphs is 3–1–6–8–5–7–
4–2.
B. Complete the sentences with the correct words in
brackets.
Jawaban:
1. was flying; was playing 2. was explaining; asked
3. was driving; was sleeping 4. were making; arrived
5. were reading; rang 6. were watching; was doing
7. were listening; knocked 8. was riding; called
9. was drinking; passed 10. was cleaning; was watering
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru
dapat memberikan soal berikut.
Example:
As the miller and his son ________ [walk], they ________
[meet] several travelers.
Answer: As the miller and his son were walking, they met
several travelers.
1. While the girl ________ [sew], her needle ________
[fall].
2. When I ________ [look for] my pen, I ________ [find]
several old books.
3. While the woman ________ [have) a conversation with
her daughter, the telephone ________ [ring].
4. While the woman’s daughters ________ [have]
a party, her step daughter ________ [wash] clothes.
5. When we ________ [climb] the mountain two days
ago, we ________ [see] an old woman wearing
strange clothes.
6. When Alissa ________ [cook], she ________ [cut]
her finger.
7. We ________ [watch TV] when we ________ [hear]
the sound of something heavy falling.
8. While the students ________ [perform] the drama, the
man ________ [take] a picture of them.
9. Cindy ________ [wash] the clothes when her mother
________ [arrive].
10. While Donny ________ [do] the dishes, his sister
________ [mop] the floor.
Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 29
 Jawaban:
1. was sewing; fell 2. was looking for: found
3. was having: rang 4. were having; was washing
5. were climbing; saw 6. was cooking; cut
7. were watching; heard 8. were performing; took
9. was washing; arrived 10. was doing; was mopping
C. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Jawaban:
1. C 2. B 3. E 4. D 5. A A. It fell into a deep pit.
A. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
Androcles and the Lion
By: Joseph Jacobs
It happened in the old days in Rome. A slave named
Androcles escaped from his master, fled into the forest and
wandered for a long time, until he was weary and well night
spent with hunger and despair. Then, he heard a lion near
him moaning and groaning and at times roaring terribly.
Tired as he was Androcles rose and rushed away, as he
thought about the lion, but as he made his way through the
bushes, he stumbled over the root of a tree and fell down
lamed. When he tried to get up, he saw the lion coming
towards him, limping on three feet and holding its forepaw in
front of him.
Poor Androcles was in despair; he had no strength to
rise, or run away and the lion was approaching him. But
when the great beast reached him, instead of attacking him,
it kept on moaning, groaning and looking at Androcles, who
saw that the lion was holding out its right paw, which was
covered with blood and very swollen. Looking more closely
at it, Androcles noticed a big thorn pierced through the paw.
It was the cause of all the lion’s pain. Plucking up courage,
he seized hold of the thorn and drew it out of the lion’s paw.
The lion roared in pain as the thorn came out, but soon felt
relieved that it fawned upon Androcles and showed, in every
way that it knew, to whom it owed the relief. Instead of
eating him up, the lion brought him a young deer that it had
slain and Androcles managed to make a meal from it. For
some time the lion continued to bring an animal it killed to
Androcles, who became quite fond of the huge beast.
One day a number of soldiers came marching through
the forest and found Androcles. As he could not explain what
he was doing, they took him prisoner. They then returned him
to the town which he had fled. Here his master soon found
him and brought him before the authorities. Then, he was
condemned to death because he had fled from his master.
It used to be the custom to throw murderers and other
criminals to the lions in a huge circus, so that while the
criminals were punished, the public could enjoy the spectacle
of combat between them and the wild beasts.
So Androcles was condemned to be thrown to the lions
and on the appointed day he was led forth into the arena
and left there alone with only a spear to protect himself from
the lion. The Emperor was in the royal box that day and
gave the signal for the lion to be released for the attack, but
when it came out of its cage and got near Androcles, what
do you think it did? Instead of jumping upon him, it fawned
upon him and stroked him with its paw and made no
attempt to do him any harm.
It was of course the lion which Androcles had saved in
the forest. The Emperor, surprised at seeing such strange
30 Narratives
behavior in a cruel beast, summoned Androcles to him and
asked him how it happened that this particular lion had lost
all its cruelty of disposition. So Androcles told the Emperor
all that had happened to him and how the lion was showing
its gratitude for his having relieved it of the thorn. Having
listened to the story, the Emperor pardoned Androcles and
ordered his master to set him free, while the lion was taken
back to the forest, let loose, to enjoy liberty once more.
Adopted from: http://www.pitt.edu/~dash/type0156.html (February 16, 2015)
1. What happened to the lion?
B. A big thorn pierced into its paw.
C. Its eyes were blinded.
D. A hunter had shot it with his gun.
E. A hunter had shot it with an arrow.
2. What did Androcles do to the lion?
A. He ran away from it.
B. He gave it food.
C. He helped relieve it from pain.
D. He took care of it at home.
E. He cured the lion with his medicine.
3. Why was Androcles condemned to death?
A. Because he had fought with the Emperor’s
soldiers.
B. Because he had stolen his master’s money.
C. Because he had killed his master.
D. Because he had fled from his master.
E. Because he had stolen something.
4. What did the lion do when Androcles was punished?
A. It pretended to attack him.
B. It sat silently before him.
C. It freed him from his chains.
D. It roared sadly knowing he was punished.
E. It fawned upon him and stroked him with its paw.
5. Why did the Emperor ask Androcles’ master to set
Androcles free?
A. He felt pity on Androcles.
B. He was touched knowing about Androcles’ story
with the lion.
C. He hadn’t found him guilty.
D. He wanted to grant Androcles’ master’s wish to set
him free.
E. He was interested in making Androcles one of his
soldiers.
B. Read the text aloud and answer the questions that
follow.
Ellen the Eagle Needed Spectacles
By Phil Shapiro
Ellen the eagle first suspected it needed spectacles the
day it swooped down out of the sky and grabbed a small lawn
chair to take back to its hungry egrets. When it arrived at its
nest, perched high atop a cliff, its eldest said somewhat
sarcastically, “Great! Another lawn chair for breakfast. Just
what we need.”
Husband, Ed, was more forgiving, gently picked up the
lawn chair with its beak and moved it over to the flat, back
section of the nest. Then, it sat down in the lawn chair,
folded its wings comfortably behind its head and laid back.
“Honey, you should have your eyes checked one of
these days,” Ed said. “It’s easy enough to do and only cost
a mouse or two.”
“I’ve been meaning to get my eyes checked,” replied
Ellen, “but you know how it is. Every day there are new mice
to catch, new things to do for the nest and new nature
shows to be in.”
 “True, the nature shows do put the dead mice on the
table, but they take away from the hunting and stalking
I really like to do.”
“I’ll mark the calendar as a duty to do next week.
Although, I’ve got to say, I would feel a little self-conscious
wearing spectacles in public. What would other eagles say?”
“Honey, what other eagles think doesn’t matter at all. It’s
more important that your eyesight remains sharp and in
focus. Anyway, these days they can fit you with contact
lenses that you hardly notice are even there.”
Ellen sighed. Maybe it was time for her to get its eyes
checked. Could it really afford to keep bringing back lawn
chairs for its hungry egrets?
So the next day it flew to the eagle optometrist to have its
eyes checked. The optometrist sat it down in a comfortable
chair and asked it to identify the small animals on the tiny
chart, two miles away. “Mouse, chipmunk, gopher, squirrel,
rabbit,” it said, trying to sound confident. “It was difficult telling
the difference between a mouse and a chipmunk, as their
shapes are so similar.”
“O.K., you did well on that line of animals,” said the
optometrist. “Now see if you can read the animals on the line
below it.”
Ellen concentrated all its mental powers on trying to see
what the animals were on the next line. It could barely make
out what the small animals were, so it made its best guess,
“Hippo, elephant, giraffe and rhinoceros,” it said in a voice
that lacked confidence.
“I’m sorry, but you missed a few animals on that line.
Your eyesight is far below the normal 2,000/2,000 eyesight
of regular eagles. I recommend you get spectacles or
contact lenses.”
“Can you tell me more about the contact lenses?”
inquired Ellen.
“These days there are contact lens that are far more
comfortable and less bothersome than they were in the
past,” the optometrist explained, “and they are on sale this
week.”
“For three dead mice you can walk away with a pair of
contact lenses you can be proud of.”
“Three dead mice?” declared Ellen in a surprised voice.
“I thought you could buy a decent pair of contact lenses for
two dead mice.”
“Well, it is true you could buy contact lenses from other
stores for two dead mice,” replied the
optometrist, “but they are inferior quality contact lenses.
If you bought the cheaper contact lenses, you might not be
able to read the numbers on a license plate two miles away.”
Ellen shuddered at the thought of not being able to read
the numbers on a license plate two miles away was a sure
sign that an eagle’s eyesight was fading.
“I’ll take the three dead mice contact lenses,” it said
quickly. As it flew out of the store, it said to itself, “So it costs
me an extra dead mouse. What’s an extra dead mouse to
improve one’s eyesight?”
Husband Ed leaped out of the lawn chair when Ellen
landed on the nest. “Honey, you’re back so soon. Did you get
a new pair of spectacles or contacts?”
“Sure did,” Ellen replied with a renewed confidence in its
voice. It hopped over to the back of the nest and casually
nudged the lawn chair over the edge of the nest.
“No more lawn chairs in this nest,” it announced smugly.
“Only dead mice, rabbits and fish are going to show up here
in future.”
“Honey, I was just getting used to the lawn chair when
you nudged it over the side of the nest. Do you think you
could find me another lawn chair?”
“No more lawn chairs in this nest, ever,” said Ellen.
“O.K., Ed, it’s time we flew off to find food for the kid’s dinner.
There’s no use in just sitting around in lawn chairs all day.”
Adopted from: http://www.goodnightstories.com/read/story104.htm (April 13, 2014)
Questions:
1. When did Ellen realize that it needed spectacles?
2. How many lines of animals should it guess?
3. What did the optometrist say about Ellen’s eyesight?
4. What did Ellen have to pay for a pair of contact lenses?
5. What did Ellen finally buy?
Jawaban:
Task A
1. B. Pilihan jawaban (B) sesuai dengan kalimat di
paragraf dua, ”Looking more closely at it,
Androcles noticed a big thorn pierced through the
paw.”. Jadi, ada duri besar menusuk cakar singa
itu.
2. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat di paragraf dua,
”Plucking up courage, he seized hold of the thorn
and drew it out of the lion’s paw. The lion roared in
pain as the thorn came out, but soon felt relieved
....”. Jadi, dengan mencabut duri itu dari cakar
singa, Androcles memberi kelegaan pada singa itu,
sesuai dengan pilihan jawaban (C).
3. D. Pilihan jawaban (D) sesuai dengan kalimat dalam
paragraf tiga, ”Then, he was condemned to death
because he had fled from his master.”.
4. E. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir paragraf
empat, ”Instead of jumping upon him, it fawned upon
him and stroked him with its paw and made no
attempt to do him any harm.”. Pilihan jawaban (E)
benar.
5. B. Di paragraf lima terdapat kalimat ”Having listened to
the story, the Emperor pardoned Androcles and
ordered his master to set him free ....”. Jadi, Kaisar
meminta majikan Androcles untuk membebaskan
Androcles karena merasa terharu setelah
mendengar kisah Androcles dan singa itu, sesuai
dengan pilihan jawaban (B).
Task B
1. The day it swooped down out of the sky and grabbed
a small lawn chair.
2. Two.
3. It was far below the normal 2,000/2,000 eyesight of
regular eagles.
4. Three dead mice.
5. A pair of contact lenses.
A. Write a narrative story based on the outline.
Contoh jawaban:
How the Phoenix Got Its Fine Plumage
A very long time ago before men had learned how to hunt
and set traps, all the birds lived together peacefully in a vast
forest, which supplied all their needs. There was a plentiful supply
of nuts, fruits seeds and berries for the birds to feed on and they
had no enemies. As food could be found everywhere in seemingly
endless supplies, birds became rather wasteful. One would pick at
a pear, another would take a bite out of a blueberry, dig a few
seeds out of a guava and discard the rest of the fruit. They all
shared the same carefree spirit, except for one, the phoenix.
Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 31
 The phoenix was a real worrier. It was always telling the
other birds to be careful and to prepare for a time when food may
not be so plentiful. All the other birds ignored it and started
calling it nasty names. Eventually no birds wanted to have
anything to do with the phoenix; they thought it was weird,
always scolding them and dishing out advice they considered
useless. They carried on with their usual wasteful habits.
Whereas most of the birds had colorful plumages, the
phoenix’s plumage was quite ordinary to look at, maybe a little
ugly. Its head was a little bit too big for its body and feathers were
a dull brownish grey. It worried about the future. One day the fruit
might stop growing on the trees, or the trees might drop their
leaves, or even just fall! It determined to prepare for the worst
and started collecting all the fruits, berries and seeds other birds
discarded. It stowed them away in hollow trees, buried them in
the ground or underneath the roots. At first one or two of the
others were a bit curious, but then got bored. They laughed
whenever they spotted the phoenix scavenging and mocked it.
One day a great storm hit the forest and what the phoenix
had been worrying about all these years came to pass. Leaves
and whole branches were blown off the trees and carried far away
by the powerful wind. Other trees were blown over altogether and
with the protection of the dense foliage now gone, the heat of the
sun penetrated the forest and dried everything up! Suddenly the
birds found they had to fight each other for the odd berry or a stray
nut. They pecked at the hard, dry tree trunks, hoping to extract
nourishing sap. The phoenix started sharing out all the scraps of
food it had stored from all over the forest. Now every single bird,
large and small, wanted to be its friend. Thanks to the phoenix all
the birds had a little to eat every day. Eventually the gods sent
clouds over the land, which cooled things down a little, and rain
fell. Green sprouts started to appear again, just as the food stores
the phoenix had built up started to run out. Slowly the forest
returned to its old self and the birds recovered.
However, they didn’t forget their new friend, the phoenix.
To show their gratitude every bird in the whole forest selected its
most beautiful and colorful feather and presented it to the
phoenix. When they were finished, the phoenix had been
transformed into the most fantastic and multi colorful creature in
the forest.
Adapted from: http://fairytalesoftheworld.com/quick-reads/how-the-phoenix-got-her-
fine-plumage/ (March 11, 2015)
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru
dapat memberikan soal berikut.
● Two brothers—one was mean and greedy, the other
was caring and kind.
● The kind one helped and took care of a sparrow with
a broken wing.
● The sparrow gave him a watermelon seed. When it was
harvest time, he discovered that the fruit contained pure
golden sand.
● He became rich.
● The mean brother was envious. He caught a bird using
chopsticks and broke its wing.
● He then took care of the bird.
● The bird gave him a watermelon seed. When it was
harvest time, he discovered that it contained black mud
and dirt.
● All people laughed at him.
Contoh jawaban:
The Golden Watermelon
A long time ago, in West Kalimantan, lived a wealthy
32 Narratives
merchant and his two sons. The older, Muzakir and the
younger, Dermawan. The two brothers were so different in
attitudes. Muzakir was very mean and greedy, while
Dermawan was caring and kind and always tried to help
those in need.
Many poor people in that area had heard about
Muzakir’s rude attitude and therefore, preferred Dermawan.
When Dermawan saw people coming, he sincerely welcomed
them to his house and shared money with them. It was almost
every day poor people approached him for help that he finally
ran out of money. Dermawan then moved to a smaller house.
His elder brother laughed on hearing the news about
Dermawan. He always thought Dermawan was a fool to share
his money with other people. He himself had just bought
a large new house. “There is no one as stupid as my younger
brother,” he said.
One day, when Dermawan was relaxing in his yard,
a sparrow suddenly fell in front of him. The sparrow twittered
in pain. Dermawan took the bird and examined it. One of the
sparrow’s wings was broken. “Let me take care of you,” he
said. Dermawan bandaged the sparrow’s wing and fed it with
rice. After a while, the bird gradually tamed and was no
longer afraid of Dermawan and its wing was completely
healed. After a while, it flew skywards. The following day, the
sparrow visited Dermawan. It held a seed in its beak and
placed the seed in front of Dermawan. It was an ordinary
seed, but Dermawan accepted it with a big smile on his face.
He then planted the seed in the backyard of his house.
Three days later, the seed grew into a watermelon plant.
Dermawan took good care of the plant. He thought the plant
would bear many fruits, since it was so blossomy, but, from all
the flowers, only one turned to fruit. Day by day, the fruit grew
bigger, bigger than any other watermelon Dermawan ever
saw. Harvesting finally arrived and he decided to pick the
watermelon. “Oh my God, it is so heavy,” he uttered while
trying hard to carry it into the house, to put on the table.
He took a knife and started to cut the watermelon. Dermawan
was shocked to find some kind of yellow sand inside. Then,
he realized that the strange yellow sand was actually a pile of
pure golden sand! “Holy God, it’s gold. I’m rich,” he danced
happily.
Dermawan then bought a big house with a very big
garden the next day. All the poor came to his house and
were welcomed with meals. This time, Dermawan would not
run out of money. He had so much money and his fields
produced plants with good fruits as well.
Muzakir heard about Dermawan’s fortune which made
him envious. He went to Dermawan’s house and Dermawan
told his brother about the sparrow. Muzakir immediately
commanded his servants to catch a bird using chopsticks.
Of course, the chopsticks hurt the bird and broke its wings.
Muzakir then pretended to pity the bird and took care of it.
Days passed and the bird was completely healed and
started to fly. The following day, the bird came back to
Muzakir and brought a seed for him. He was very happy.
“I will be very rich soon, even richer than Dermawan,” he said
to himself.
Muzakir planted the seed in the backyard of his house
and it grew into a fine watermelon plant after several days.
It also bore only one fruit, which was much bigger than the
one owned by Dermawan. As harvest time approached,
Muzakir cut the watermelon himself and was very shocked
when black mud mixed with dirt spew onto his face.
It smelled very bad. Muzakir‘s clothes and also the room
became terribly dirty. He ran on to the street because he
couldn‘t stand the rotten smell from the watermelon.
All the people on the street laughed at him for what they saw.
Adopted from: http://ceritarakyat.50webs.com/
Cerita%20rakyat_Indonesian%20folklore_West%20Kalimantan_The%20Golden%
20Watermelon.htm (February 16, 2014)
 B. Write a narrative story you like.

Contoh jawaban:
The Hares and the Frogs
All the hares in the vast forest were called together for Answer the questions based on the text in Task A.
a meeting. Their elders had decided on the get together so that 1. What is the purpose of the party?
they could discuss their miserable fate. They just had too many 2. How many magazines have they published?
enemies; men, dogs, beasts and birds of prey all hunted the hare 3. When is the party going to be held?
for food and they lacked the means to defend themselves. They 4. What will Mr. Sinaga do?
didn’t have jaws full of sharp teeth, like wolves; they didn’t have 5. Who will also give opinions at the party?
claws with sharp nails, such as bears; they didn’t have spikes on
their back, like hedgehogs, that would stop a predator. They were Jawaban:
desperate and decided they could just not go on any longer being 1. To celebrate the anniversary and achievements of the
persecuted and hunted. The only way out, they resolved, was to journalistic extra-curricular club.
commit mass suicide. Nearby was a deep pool and they decided 2. Ten.
to jump in together and drown, putting an end to their misery once 3. On Saturday, September 8, 2012 at 3 p.m.
and for all. 4. He will share his tips.
A large colony of frogs lived in the pool and a few of them 5. Teachers and students.
were basking in the sunshine on the bank, when there was
a terrible racket of the hares rushing towards the pool. Startled, B. Listen and answer the following questions based on
the frogs croaked in anguish and jumped in the water, hiding what you have heard.
themselves. One of the older and wiser hares leading the charge
towards the pool, saw this and stopped. He raised his paws in Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
the air. “Friends,” he shouted, “Stop! Let’s reconsider. Things are Attention, please. We, from EASY English course, are really
not quite as bad as they seem, here are several creatures who concerned with students’ education. That’s why, we invite all
are actually afraid of us, so we are not the lowest of the low after students to join our free courses, to let you know how easy it is
all!” to learn English and to introduce you to our course. The courses
Adopted from: http://fairytalesoftheworld.com/quick-reads/the-hares-and-the-frogs/ will be held this month, once a week at 4 o’clock. You may
(March 9, 2015)
choose a day except Saturday. Please enroll yourself before
Monday, September 3, 2012. Thank you.
Jawaban:
1. An invitation for students to attend free English courses.
2.3 Short Functional Texts: 2. To let students know how easy it is to learn English and to
Spoken and Written Invitations introduce them to the course.
3. One month.
4. Four or five times.
5. Before Monday, September 3, 2012.

A. Present a spoken invitation for a school

A. Listen and complete the text based on what you have
heard.
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru dan jawaban:
Our (1) journalistic extra-curricular club is one year old now.
We have published ten magazines and some bulletins and we
have also won some journalistic contests held both locally and
nationally. To celebrate our anniversary and (2) achievements,
we will have a party at the school hall on Saturday, September 8,
2012 at 3 p.m. Please note that it is not just a party. In the party,
Mr. Joe Sinaga, a journalist from our (3) local newspaper The
News Today, will also participate and (4) share his tips. We will
also listen to some teachers and students’ opinions dealing with
(5) our magazines and bulletins. The event is important, so we
really hope you can come. Thank you.
event.
Contoh jawaban:
Dear students, to celebrate the school anniversary, our
school’s drum-band will march today. The route is from our
school to Jalan Kamboja, then along Jalan Pahlawan, turning
right on to Jalan Semanggi and then back to school. We will
leave school at three o’clock this afternoon. We invite all students
to watch and support them, anywhere you like along the streets
I have mentioned. Thank you.
B. Present a spoken invitation.
You may choose your own topic.
Contoh jawaban:
Attention, all.
Now you are senior high school students. How do you feel?
Do you have difficulties managing your time between studying,
joining extra-curricular clubs, attending, courses, etc.? Then, join
the seminar about “How to Manage Time Well”. This seminar is
free, and will be held at the school hall, on Monday, September
7, 2015. Please enroll yourself with OSIS staff members before
that day. Thank you.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 33


A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Jawaban:
1. B 2. E 3. A 4. C 5.
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru
dapat memberikan soal berikut.
Dear Mr. Joe Gubbhan,
Our records show that you have been our
customer, since our grand opening last year. We would
like to thank you for your patronage by inviting you to
our preferred customer Back-to-School Extravaganza,
which will be held this Saturday.
Saturday’s sales event is by invitation only. All of
our stock, including electronics, will be marked down
from 20%–50%. Our doors will open for our preferred
customers at 8 a.m. Complimentary coffee and donuts
will be served. Public admission will begin at noon.
Please accept the enclosed Rp50,000 gift certificate
to use with your purchases of Rp300,000 or more and the
Rp100,000 gift certificate to use with purchases of more
than Rp1,000,000.
We look forward to seeing you on Saturday. Please
bring this invitation with you; it will be required for
admittance.
Sincerely,
Sonya Rosesmith
VIVA VIVO Shop
Adapted from: http://www.letter-samples.com/invitation.html (April 10, 2012)
1. What is the purpose of the text?
A. To invite one to do a task.
B. To express gratitude.
C. To inform of a shop’s sales program.
D. To advertise a new item.
E. To inform of new products.
2. How long has Ms. Sonya’s shop opened?
A. Three months. B. A year.
C. One and a half years. D. Three years.
E. Four years.
3. What will the preferred customers get?
A. 10% discounts for fashion.
B. 20%–50% discounts for all products.
C. 20%–50% discounts for electronics products.
D. 30%–70% discounts for all products.
E. 30%–70% discounts for fashion and electronics
products.
4. What can a preferred customer get when he/she
purchases more than Rp1,000,000?
A. He will win a lottery.
B. He will get a Rp50,000 gift certificate.
C. He will get a Rp100,000 gift certificate.
D. He will get a Rp300,000 gift certificate.
E. He will get an electronic product.
34 Narratives
5. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE?
A. Two gift certificates are enclosed with the letter.
B. The event is going to be done in the morning.
C. Preferred customers will get coffee and donuts.
D. The letter should be brought to the event.
E. There will be no admission to the public
on that day.
E
Jawaban:
1. A. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat di
paragraf satu, ”We would like to thank you for your
patronage by inviting you ....”. Berdasarkan kalimat
ini diketahui bahwa teks tersebut untuk
mengundang Joe Gubhan dalam sebuah acara
yang diadakan toko itu.
2. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat di paragraf satu,
”Our records show that you have been our
customer, since our grand opening last year.”. Jadi,
toko Bu Sonya sudah buka selama satu tahun,
sesuai dengan pilihan jawaban (B).
3. B. Pilihan jawaban (B) sesuai dengan kalimat di
paragraf dua, ”All of our stock, including electronics,
will be marked down from 20%–50%.”. Jadi,
pelanggan yang terpilih akan mendapatkan diskon
20%–50% untuk semua produk.
4. C. Pilihan jawaban (C) sesuai dengan kalimat di
paragraf tiga, ”... and the Rp100,000 gift certificate
to use with purchases of more than Rp1,000,000.”.
5. E. Pilihan jawaban (E) benar untuk soal tentang
pernyataan yang salah karena tidak sesuai dengan
kalimat di paragraf dua, ”Public admission will begin
at noon.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat dalam paragraf
dua, ”Please accept the enclosed Rp50,000 gift
certificate ... and the Rp100,000 gift certificate to
use ....”, pilihan jawaban (B) sesuai dengan kalimat
di paragraf dua, ”Our doors will open for our
preferred customers at 8:00 a.m.”, pilihan jawaban
(C) sesuai dengan kalimat di paragraf dua,
”Complimentary coffee and donuts will be served.”,
dan pilihan jawaban (D) sesuai dengan kalimat di
paragraf empat, ”Please bring this invitation with you
....”.
B. Arrange the following sentences in the correct order
to form a sequential invitation.
Jawaban:
The correct arrangement of the sentences is 1–4–3–2–7–5–6–8.
A. Arrange the following sentences in the correct
order to form a sequential invitation.
1. Mom has been requesting an occasion where all her
siblings and loved ones can get together for
fellowshipping. The family thought that her birthday
would be ideal for that purpose instead of waiting for
the next holiday. Moreover, we have not got together
with you or Uncle Joe since last year.
2. Especially for:
Mrs. Angeline Green
7658 Coral Street
Erie, PA 12205
3. Your nephew, In order to say a formal ‘Goodbye’ and to wish him
luck for a relaxed retired life, a farewell (4) ________ is
T.J. organized by the company at Boulevard Hotel, Jl.
4. 1537 Barfield Lane Halimun 45, Makasar on September 2, 2015. You and
Indianapolis, IN 46204 your (5) ________ are all invited to grace this occasion
and express your best wishes to Mr. Alex in person.
5. Dear Aunt Angeline,
Sukianto
6. September 4, 2015 Director of the Human Resource Department
7. I look forward to a favorable reply for this invitation. Adapted from: http://letters.sampleinvitationletter.info/page/3/ (March 11, 2015)
8. I hope you can make it, Aunt Angeline. Mom would love Jawaban:
to meet up with you again. She always mentions you Task A
and the lovely times you shared during your younger The correct arrangement of the sentences is 4–6–2–5–9–1–
days. 8–7–3.
9. It is my pleasure to invite you to join us, in celebrating Task B
mom’s upcoming 60th birthday on September 16, 2015. Text 1
We are planning a surprise birthday dinner for her at 1. c 2. b 3. e 4. d 5. a
her favorite restaurant in uptown Indianapolis on that
night at 8 p.m. Text 2
Adapted from: http://www.sampleletters.net/birthday-invitation-letter.html (March 1. c 2. e 3. b 4. a 5. d
1, 2015)

B. Complete the texts with the correct words from the

boxes.
Text 1

a. R.S.V.P. b. Reception c. join

d. marriage e. celebrate f. do
A. Suppose you have just won a competition.
Mr. and Mrs. Robinson Edwards would like Write an invitation to celebrate it.
Mr. and Mrs. Ivan Miller to (1) ________ them at
an Evening Contoh jawaban:
(2) ________ to be held at The Paris Hotel, Jalan
Parangtritis Dear Lina,
on Saturday, September 12, 2015 at 7 p.m.
Thank God I have won the writing competition. Thank
to (3) ________ the (4) ________ of their daughter
you for your support, which is beyond words, when I was
Leonny Anderson
competing.
to
Now I would like to invite you all to celebrate, at:
Mr. Jonathan Lee
Place : Jalan Pahlawan no. 3, South Maluku (my house)
(5) ________ 081111111111
Time : Monday, September 14, 2015 at 5 p.m.
Adopted from: http://www.karlinkards.co.uk/wording.html (January 3, 2015) I hope you can come. Your presence means a lot for me.
Thank you.
Text 2
With love,
a. dinner b. leadership c. company
d. spouses e. success Joy
From: Sukianto
Jl. Said Perintah No. 47 B. Write an invitation.
Bengkulu You may choose your own topic.
To: Mr. Purnomo Sudarto
Jalan Pandanaran No. 116, Contoh jawaban:
Semarang
Dear Lucy,
Dear Mr. Purnomo,
My dear friend we will soon be separated. My father will
This is to inform you that Mr. Alex Budiarsa our IT move to the new branch office in Sri Lanka. Therefore,
Department Director is retiring on August 23, 2015. I would like to invite you to the farewell party held at:
Mr. Alex joined our company 20 years back when the Place : Jalan Mawar no. 3, Surabaya (my house)
(1) ________ was in its initial years and trying to make Time : Monday, September 21, 2015 at 7 p.m.
its place among the top ranked companies in the Real I do hope you can come, since this is the last time we
Estate Industry. Ever since then, he has positively meet before I leave this country. Thank you.
contributed towards the (2) ________ of this company.
We were never short of his advice when it was most Anne
needed and his (3) ________ and faith in his fellow
colleagues has always been exemplary.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 35

Tape Script for Assessment

This dialog is for question 1.

Girl : Next week we will have one day off. My family and I will
go to Sri Gethuk, a beach in Gunung Kidul Yogyakarta. I. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Would you like to join us?
Boy : Sri Gethuk? I have never heard of that name. Does it have Jawaban:
a connection with Goddess Sri, the goddess of rice? 1. E 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. E
Girl : I don’t know. I just know that the beach is beautiful and 6. D 7. A 8. E 9. C 10. B
the public have just found out about it. So, is it O.K.? 11. D 12. B 13. D 14. B 15. E
Boy : Thanks for your invitation, but let me ask my parents 16. C 17. D 18. A 19. B 20. C
about it first.
Girl : O.K. II. Write a narrative story which deals with children.
Question: Contoh jawaban:
1. What does the girl invite the boy to do?
Croco’nile
This dialog is for questions 2 and 3. One morning while at play, Hamut and his sister, Nekatu,
Boy : You look very cheerful today. two Egyptian children, found a baby crocodile. Each day they fed
Girl : Yeah. I am very happy. My dream has finally come true. him and swam with him in the River Nile.
Boy : Please tell me more about it. One day, Nekatu and Hamut spied a boat. They climbed
Girl : I have yearned to go to Gili Island for a long time. aboard and hid themselves from the crew. By the next morning,
Yesterday, my aunt phoned and invited me to go there they were hundreds by miles from their village. When they were
with her. found by the crew, the captain sailed into port to try to find them
Boy : So, will it be free? a home with a friend. Meanwhile, runners returned to the village
Girl : I think so. to tell the family of their whereabouts. The captain’s friend
Boy : How lucky you are. happened to be a sculptor who soon was teaching Hamut to
Questions: carve statues. Before long Nekatu was drawing and painting. The
2. Why does the girl feel happy? villagers were in awe of the children’s talents.
3. Who invited the girl to the island? The sculptor had been commissioned to work on an
underground pyramid and asked the children to assist him in
The following monolog is for questions 4 and 5. decorating the walls.
An ass put on a lion’s skin. Then, he roamed about in the One day, the king visited his tomb and was astonished to
forest and amused himself by frightening all the foolish animals see the work of the children.
he met in his wanderings. Finally, coming upon a fox, he tried to Remembering his wife’s birthday was soon, he asked them
frighten him too, but the fox no sooner heard the sound of his to design a present for her, something very rare and special.
voice. He exclaimed, “I might have been frightened myself, if The children began to work, and by the time of the party the
I had not heard your bray.” rare and special gift was complete and they were present for the
“Clothes may disguise a fool, but his words will give him unveiling before the queen. She was so pleased with her birthday
away.” gift that she invited Hamut and Nekatu to sit with her and the
Adopted from: http://www.aesopsfables.us/id2.html (March 1, 2015) king at the banquet table.
Questions: From this they garnered enormous fame, but stayed modest
4. What did the ass do? and shy. However, several villains knowing of their talents
5. How did the fox know he was an ass? kidnapped them and sailed to foreign ports to ransom them. By
this time, the flood waters had appeared and the boat soon sank
in the turbulent waves. To the children’s rescue came their old
friend the crocodile who carried them safely home.
Adopted from: http://www.unc.edu/~rwilkers/resource-egypt.htm (January 3, 2014)

36 Narratives
Tape Script for Review Unit II Version A
This dialog is for question 1.
Girl : Our local newspaper, the Harian Rakyat, will hold
a catfish cooking competition. My sister and I will join it.
We need one more person. What if you join us?
Boy : Oh, I am not good at cooking, moreover, cooking catfish.
I just can fry it, but with another variation ... I have never
done it before.
Girl : It’s O.K.
Question:
1. What does the girl invite the boy to do?
This dialog is for question 2.
Boy : I’m glad now I can have a piano course.
Girl : So, has your father allowed you?
Boy : Yes. Not just allowed me, but he himself suggested that
I join the course. He knows that I am interested in it.
Girl : You are lucky having a father like him.
Boy : Yes, I am.
Question:
2. Why does the boy feel happy?
This monolog is for questions 3 to 5.
A farmer placed nets on his newly-sown plow lands and
caught a number of cranes, which came to pick his seed. With
them he trapped a stork that had fractured his leg in the net and
was earnestly requesting the farmer to spare his life. “Pray save
me, Master,” he said “and let me go free this once. My broken
limb should call for your pity. Besides, I am no crane, I am
a stork, a bird of excellent character and see how I love and
slave for my father and mother. Look too, at my feathers–they are
not the least like those of a crane.” The farmer laughed aloud and
said, “It may be all as you say, I only know this: I have taken you
with these robbers, the cranes, and you must die in their
company.”
Adopted from: http://www.aesopsfables.us/id4.html (March 1, 2014)
Questions:
3. What would the cranes do?
4. What did the stork do?
5. What can we learn from the story?
Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 37
 Review Unit II RAHASIA

Version A
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris Semester : 1 (satu)
Kelas : X Tanggal : ....

Nama Nomor Induk

Kelas Tanda Tangan

where they were pitching out dung, he found a worn-out shoe-

I. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
sole. All these things he took with him into the palace and went
before the princess.
A. Listening Section
“Good day,” he said.
1. A. To open a restaurant specialized in catfish. “Good day,” she said and made a wry face.
B. To join a catfish cooking competition. “Can I get my magpie cooked here?” he asked.
C. To help the girl catch catfish. “I’m afraid it will burst,” answered the princess.
D. To cook catfish for a party. “Oh! never fear! for I’ll just tie this ozier band round it,” said
E. To sell fried catfish. the lad, as he pulled it out.
“The fat will run out of it,” said the Princess.
2. A. He can join a piano course. “Then I’ll hold this under it,” said the lad and showed her the
B. He can play the piano in an event. piece of broken plate.
C. He has won a piano competition. “You are so crooked in your words,” said the princess,
D. His father has allowed him to buy a piano. “there’s no knowing where to have you.”
E. His father has allowed him to join a piano concert. “No, I’m not crooked,” said the lad, “but this is,” as he held up
3. A. They would pick up the farmer’s seeds. one of the horns.
B. They would drink water from the lake. “Well!” said the princess, “I never saw the match of this in all
C. They would build their nests. my days.”
D. They would disturb the stork. “Why, here you see the match to it,” said the lad, as he
E. They would catch some fish. pulled out the other ram’s horn.
“I think,” said the princess, “you must have come here to
4. A. He pretended to be a crane. wear out my tongue with your nonsense.”
B. He defended his friends the cranes. “No, I have not,” said the lad, “but this is worn out,” as he
C. He helped the farmer to catch the cranes. pulled out the shoe-sole.
D. He requested the farmer to spare his life. To this the princess hadn’t a word to say, for she had fairly
E. He requested the farmer not to kill the cranes. lost her voice with rage.
“Now you are mine,” said the lad and so he got the princess
5. A. We should be kind to all people, not just to our friends.
as his wife and half the kingdom.
B. Good friends may change over time. Adopted from: http://www.zeluna.net/norwegian-fairytales.html (February 24, 2015)
C. Bad friends may bring disaster to us.
D. A friend in need is a friend indeed. 6. What is the purpose of the text?
E. We should help each other. A. To entertain the readers.
B. To tell the readers the news of the day.
This is the end of the listening section. C. To persuade the readers to do something.
D. To describe how the princess look like.
B. Reading Section E. To talk about the experience of the three brothers.
This text is for questions 6 to 9. 7. How many things did Boots bring?
Once upon a time there was a king and he had a daughter A. Two. B. Three.
who was such a scolder and whose tongue twisted so fast, there C. Four. D. Five.
was no stopping it. So he announced that the man who could E. Six.
stop her tongue could have the princess as his wife and half his
kingdom too. Now, three brothers, who heard this, made up their 8. When did Boots show one of the horns?
minds and try their luck and first of all the two elder brothers A. When the princess said that his words were crooked.
went, for they thought they were the cleverest; but they couldn’t B. When the princess accused him of trying to wear out
cope with her at all and got well thrashed besides. her tongue.
Then Boots, the youngest, set off and when he had gone C. When the princess said that he was a strange person.
a little way he found an ozier band lying on the road and picked it D. When the princess expressed her fear that the bird
up. When he had gone a little farther he found a piece of would burst.
a broken plate and he picked that up too. A little farther on he E. When the princess said that the things
found a dead magpie and a little farther on still, a crooked ram’s he brought were not ordinary.
horn; so he went on a bit and found the fellow to the horn and at
last, just as he was crossing the fields by the king’s palace,

38 Narratives
 9. ‘“I think,’ said the princess, ‘you must have
come here to wear out my tongue with your nonsense.’”
The synonym of ‘wear out’ is ________.
A. keep holding B. stop functioning
C. separate D. become crooked
E. function abnormally
This text is for question 10.
Attention all students of grade ten,
After being students of this school for several months, you
must have something you like, problems and questions about
this school. So, we the OSIS committee will hold an event
named “Getting to Know Our School”. It is going to be held on
Wednesday, September 9, 2015 at 3 p.m. In the event, our
principal, Mr. Karyadi and the three vice principals will come to
answer all your questions. Just ask anything you want to know
about our school, your hope for this school and your problems
when studying at this school. Thank you.
10. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE?
A. Students can express their hope for the school in the
event.
B. The event is held by the OSIS committee.
C. The teachers will answer all the questions.
D. The event will be held in the afternoon.
E. The event is for students of grade X.
11. Nia : When will you buy the medicine?
Joan : ________.
A. From breakfast B. In a drugstore
C. Beside the table D. After lunch
E. By cash
12. While the man ________ (browse) the Internet, the lamp
________ (go off).
The correct words to complete the sentence are ________.
A. browsed; was going off
B. browsed; went off
C. was browsing; went off
D. was browsing; had gone off
E. had browsed; went off
This text is for questions 13 to 15.
Dear all my Facebook friends,
Thank you for joining the group “Smart with English”.
You must have felt how important this group is for your study.
More than one hundred friends have stated that they have
witnessed advantages reading articles written by “Smart with
English”. They stated that the articles helped them improve
their English. You may want to know who the writers of the
articles are. Then, you can get to know them by joining our
event “Smart with English” gathering on:
Time : Sunday, September 6, 2015 at 11 a.m.
Venue : Pondok Ijo Restaurant
Jl. Pringgading no. 5 Semarang
Event : Meet and greet “Smart with English” writers
Fee : Rp15,000 (for lunch)
I hope you can join this event. Surely you will witness
advantages by communicating with the writers. If you are
interested, please state your willingness to join by writing on
our Facebook wall and transfer the payment before September
1, 2015 to: 00555-01-00022-50-9 with the name: Tiar
Sihombing.
“Smart with English”
13. What is the text about?
A. An invitation for a gathering activity.
B. Information about a social media group.
C. An invitation to join a social media group.
D. An advertisement of a social media group.
E. Information about a seminar by a social media group.
14. “Then, you can get to know them ....”
The word ‘them’ here refers to ________.
A. the articles
B. the advantages
C. the writers of articles
D. about one hundred friends
E. all the members of “Smart with English”
15. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE?
A. The event will be held in a restaurant.
B. The event is for communicating with the article writers.
C. The event is free for all “Smart with English” members.
D. Interested people should write on the group’s Facebook
wall first.
E. The text is written by a social media group producing
English articles.
This text is for questions 16 to 20.
Once upon a time there were two brothers; one was called
True and the other Untrue. True was always upright and good
towards all, but Untrue was bad and full of lies, so that no one
could believe what he said. Their mother was a widow, and
hadn’t much to live on; so when her sons had grown up, she was
forced to send them away, that they might earn their bread in the
world. Each got a few provisions and then they went their way.
Having walked until evening, they sat down on
a windfall in the wood. They were hungry after walking the whole
day and thought a morsel of food would be sweet enough.
Untrue suggested that they eat True’s provisions first and
after that his provisions. True agreed, but Untrue was greedy. He
took all the best bits and stuffed himself with them, while True got
only the burnt crusts and scraps.
The next day, True hoped that they could eat his brother’s
provisions, however, Untrue refused to share his. He ate all his
provisions. When True asked Untrue for his share, Untrue
refused, he even flew into a rage and hit True, who then lost his
balance and fell. Untrue then ran away and left him.
Trying to rise, True could not see anything. He became blind!
Poor True went walking along and feeling his way through the
thick wood. Blind and alone, he scarcely knew which way to turn,
when all at once he caught hold of the trunk of a great bushy
lime-tree, so he thought he would climb up into it and sit there till
night was over for fear of wild beasts. After sitting there for
a while, he heard noises. Apparently, there were two rabbits
having
a conversation.
“The king of the palace has such bad eyesight,” said the first
rabbit, “he can scarcely see a yard before him.”
“Very true!” said the other rabbit, “but if only he came to this
lime-tree in the morning, while the dew is still on the leaves and
rubbed his eyes with the dew, he would retrieve his sight, as
good as ever.”
After they were gone, True fell asleep as he sat up in the
tree; but when the birds began to sing at dawn, he woke up and
took the dew from the leaves and rubbed his eyes with the dew
and so got his sight back, as good as it was before Untrue hit
him.
Then, he went straight to the king’s palace and begged for
work and was employed on the spot. One day the king came out
into the palace-yard and there came a great hawk flying after his
chicken and all the king’s men began to clap their hands and
bawl out, “There he flies! There he flies!” The king held up his
Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 39
gun and tried to shoot the hawk, but he couldn’t see so far, so he 18. How did True know about how to heal his eyes?
felt great grief. A. He overheard a conversation between two rabbits.
“Would to Heaven,” he said, “was there anyone who could B. A bird informed him about it.
tell me a cure for my eyes; for I think I shall soon go blind!” C. He just had a trial.
“I can tell you one,” said True and then he told the king what D. The king told him about it.
he had done to cure his own eyes and the king set off that very E. He had dreamt about it.
afternoon to the lime-tree, as you may imagine and his eyes
were cured, as soon as he rubbed them with the dew which was 19. Which paragraph shows that Untrue didn’t want to share his
on the leaves from the morning. Since then, there was no one provisions with True?
who the king held so dear as True and True’s fate changed. A. Paragraph two.
One day, a beggar lad came and begged for a morsel of B. Paragraph three.
food. True knew him at once and saw that it was Untrue, his C. Paragraph four.
brother. True, who was kind-hearted, greeted him and introduced D. Paragraph five.
himself, as his brother. E. Paragraph six.
Untrue was surprised and embarrassed knowing that the 20. What is the main thing we can learn from the story?
man was his brother. He regretted that he had done bad things to A. We should be diligent.
True. Because of True’s kindness, Untrue repented. B. We should not be afraid of anything.
Adapted from: http://www.zeluna.net/norwegian-fairytales.html (February 24, 2015)
C. We should keep calm in every situation.
16. How did True become blind? D. We should not be cruel to other people.
A. A wild beast attacked him while he was sleeping. E. We should always think first before doing an action.
B. Something unknown plucked out his eyes.
C. He fell from a tree. II. Write a story.
D. His brother poisoned him. You may choose your own topic.
E. His brother hit him.
17. How did True get his eyesight back?
A. He ate a lime fruit.
B. He rubbed his eyes with the dew from the lime tree.
C. He rubbed his eyes with the lime leaves.
D. He washed himself with the river water of the forest.
E. He rubbed his eyes with the latex of
a rubber tree in the forest.

40 Narratives
Kunci Review Unit II Version A Tape Script for Review Unit II Version B
I. Pilihan Ganda This dialog is for question 1.
1. B 11. D Woman : How was your school today?
2. A 12. C Boy : Great, Mom. My teacher asked me to do an English
presentation and I got the best mark.
3. A 13. A Woman : Wow! That is really good news. I am proud of you.
4. D 14. C Question:
5. C 15. C 1. What was the boy asked to do?
6. A 16. E
This dialog is for question 2.
7. E 17. B Girl : Dian, I have two tickets for the Cherrybelle’s concert
8. A 18. A tomorrow. Would you accompany me?
9. B 19. C Boy : Wow, Cherrybelle! I’d love to, but this week I have some
assignments. Tomorrow I have planned to go to the
10. C 20. D
library to find some references for my assignment.
Sorry.
II. Esai Girl : It’s O.K.
Contoh jawaban: Question:
2. What will the boy do tomorrow?
The People Who Hugged a Tree
Amrita Devi centuries ago inspired an entire community to This monolog is for questions 3 to 5.
protect their trees. Amrita lived in a muddy village on the edge of Claudia was a very greedy cat. She ate almost everything,
a forest and each day she ran to her favorite tree and threw her but nice fat mice was her favorite food. There were lots of them in
arms around it. her master’s house and every day she caught one for breakfast,
She knew the importance of trees in her life; they provided another one for lunch and a third one for supper before she went
shade from the desert sun, buffered them from great desert to bed. After a while the mice became very frightened and
storms and helped them find sources of water. She grew up refused to come out of their holes. They sat inside them with only
loving this particular tree, often daydreaming while sitting under their eyes showing, watching to see if the cat was around.
its shade and after she married, she continued to visit this tree Claudia began to get hungry, so at last she thought of
with her family. a trick. She fell down where the mice could see her, gave a little
One day the mighty Maharajah sent his soldiers into the meow and lay still, pretending to be dead. But nothing happened!
forests to cut trees for his new fortress. When Amrita heard the After a while, Claudia said in a whisper, “I’m dead. You can come
soldiers in the forest, she ran to them. She begged them not to out now.” But the mice called back, “We’re not as stupid as you.
cut down the trees. To no avail! Soon the people of the village We can tell the difference between a live cat and a dead one.”
Adopted from: http://www.kidsgen.com/stories/animal_stories/tit_for_tat.htm (February
could hear the sound of crashing trees. Amrita saw her own tree 7, 2014)
come crashing down! She kneeled and hugged the dying tree.
The people heard the soldiers chopping away at the trees Questions:
and they ran from their homes to the forest and stood by the trees 3. How many times a day did Claudia eat mice?
forcing the soldiers to leave in disgust. When the Maharajah knew 4. What did Claudia do to make the mice come out of their holes?
this, he got furious. He gathered his entourage and headed for the 5. What were the mice responses to what Claudia had done?
village where he met the villagers gathering at the well. He
demanded that the soldiers again began to cut down the trees.
The people begged the Maharajah to leave the trees, but he
ignored their pleas. The people ran to hug the trees, as the
soldiers began to chop again. Suddenly a storm came whipping
across the desert in its fullest force.
After the storm had passed, the Maharajah saw the damage
to the houses and the fields as the result. Now he understood the
importance of the trees to the villagers. He told the villagers that
he admired their courage. He also promised them that their trees
would not be cut. The villagers rejoiced.
The place of Amrita’s tree became special. The people
would never forget the tree’s sacrifice. Some believe that even
today Amrita comes to visit the spot, where her special tree used
to be.
(Adapted by Deborah Lee Rose, Roberts Rinehart, Inc, Niwot, Colorado, 1990, from
a classic folktale of Rajasthan, India.)
Adopted from: http://www.unc.edu/~rwilkers/resource-india.htm#c (January 3, 2014)

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 41

 Review Unit II RAHASIA

Version B
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris Semester : 1 (satu)
Kelas : X Tanggal : ....

Nama Nomor Induk

Kelas Tanda Tangan

he ran to the king and accused the queen of having allowed her
I. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
child to be taken by the wild beasts.
When the king saw the blood on her apron, he believed this,
A. Listening Section
that he ordered a high tower be built, in which neither sun nor
1. A. To read an English story. moon could be seen and had his wife put in it and walled up.
B. To do an English presentation. Here she was to stay for seven years without food or drink and
C. To have a conversation with foreigners. die of hunger, but God sent two white doves, which flew to her
D. To do some English exercises. twice a day, to bring her food until the seven years were over.
E. To do an English play performance. Meanwhile, the nurse who suckled the child knew the fact.
She felt guilty after years trying hide it. So, when the cook died,
2. A. He will go to the concert with his family. she came to the king to confess and gave the child to the king.
B. He will go to the concert with the girl. The king did not believe her. He even accused the nurse of
C. He will go to the girl’s house. creating an imaginary story. However, when he saw the power of
D. He will study for the tests. wishing the child had and his wife’s condition, he believed it. The
E. He will go to the library. king asked for his wife’s forgiveness and the family lived happily
3. A. Once. B. Two times. ever after.
Adapted from: http://www.popularfairytales.com/original-grimm-fairy-tales/the-pink-
C. Three times. D. Four times. grimm.html (February 1, 2015)
E. Five times.
6. Who stole the king’s child?
4. A. She acted as if she hadn’t liked mice anymore. A. The child’s nurse. B. A witch.
B. She acted as if she had lost her strength. C. The king’s soldier. D. The king’s brother.
C. She hid in a safe place, waiting for the mice. E. A cook.
D. She pretended to be kind to them.
E. She pretended to be dead. 7. What did the person do to cover his guilt?
A. He killed the queen.
5. A. They fought her. B. He kidnapped the queen together with the child.
B. They knew it was just a trick. C. He accused the queen of letting the child be taken by
C. They asked her proof of what she had said. wild beasts.
D. They came out, but didn’t approach her. D. He did as if the child had been kidnapped by a cruel
E. They came out from their holes one by one. creature.
This is the end of the listening section. E. He ran away with the child.
8. What did God send to give the queen food?
B. Reading Section A. An eagle. B. Two doves.
This text is for questions 6 to 9. C. A hen. D. Two crows.
E. Several ants.
Once upon a time there was a queen who had no children.
Every morning she went into the garden and prayed to God in 9. How did the king know that his son was still alive?
heaven to bestow on her a son or a daughter. A. The queen told him what really happened.
Then an angel from heaven came to her and said, “Be at B. A bird showed him where his son was.
rest, you shall have a son with the power of wishing, so that C. An angel told him the fact.
whatsoever in the world he wishes for, he shall have.” Then she D. The child’s nurse gave him to the king.
went to the king and told him the joyful news and when the time E. He had a dream about his son.
was due, she gave birth to a son and the king was filled with
gladness. This text is for question 10.
Every morning she went with the child to the garden where Attention please,
the wild beasts were kept and washed herself there in a clear We, from English extra-curricular club, invite you all to join
stream. It happened once when the child was a little older when us in our special program. In the program we will have two
he was lying in her arms and she fell asleep. guests, a student from Australia and England. You can ask them
Then came the old cook, who knew that the child had the questions freely. So, it’s a good chance to improve your English.
power of wishing and stole him. He took a hen, cut it in pieces The program will be held tomorrow at 3 p.m, at the school hall.
and dropped some of its blood on the queen’s apron and dress. In addition, after meeting the guests, we will watch a movie
The cook carried the child to a secret place, where a nurse about student life in Australia. Interesting, isn’t it?
was obliged to suckle him and

42 Narratives
10. Which of the following statements is TRUE ? This text is for questions 16 to 20.
A. The event is just for students who join the English Once upon a time, there was an old man selling dumplings
extra-curricular club. in a village. He had white hair, a white beard and his clothing was
B. The event will be held in the evening. very old and worn. He carried a heavy load of hot dumplings
C. Students can watch a movie after meeting the which looked and smelled delicious. However, everyone in the
foreigners. village thought the old man was stupid because he yelled, “Hot
D. There will be three guests attending the program. and delicious dumplings! One for ten cents, two for twenty cents
E. The student from England will talk about what a student and three for free!”
life in England is like. “What is going on?” asked the villagers, surprised.
11. How long should we walk? “Hot and delicious dumplings! Red beans and sesame. One
A. During the school hour. B. Before lunch. for ten cents, two for twenty cents and three for free!” the crazy
C. To the ceremony. D. Behind the mall. old man yelled again.
E. Until the next turning. More and more villagers began to gather around. They
whispered in low voices, “Can this be true? Three dumplings for
For questions 12 and 13, choose the correct words to free? Is this old man tricking us?”
complete the dialog. “Who cares! I’ll eat three dumplings first and see whether
it’s free or not.” BigHead Wang said.
Hangga : Why do you look pale?
“Mmmm, these dumplings are so good and as big as
Delvi : While I (12) ________ here, I almost (13) ________
chicken eggs.” When BigHead Wang finished his second
off the stairs.
dumpling, he was so full that he could not eat anymore. So, he
12. A. walked B. has walked asked the old man, “If I eat three dumplings, I don’t have to pay
C. was walking D. were walking right?”
E. had walked “I never tell lies. I already said three for free.” the old man
replied.
13. A. fell B. is falling BigHead Wang stuffed down another dumpling just so he
C. has fallen D. was falling could have the dumplings for free. The old man kept his word and
E. had fallen didn’t charge BigHead Wang any money.
The other villagers began to order the old man’s dumplings.
This text is for questions 14 and 15.
Everyone ordered three free dumplings; no one ordered either
one or two dumplings. After a while, all the dumplings were eaten
Dear Sara,
by the villagers. “You all do have a good appetite,” the old man
Hi, friends, I wonder how you are at high school. Are said smilingly. People who did not get any dumplings watched
you getting fatter, or slimmer? the old man leave with disappointment.
One thing for sure. You must still like cooking. I still The villagers began to talk about the old man. “Ha! I can’t
remember what our friends called you, Vinsa and me: “The believe there is a stupid person who would sell three dumplings
three little chefs”. Because, besides being close friends, we for free.”
also like cooking. “His dumplings are so delicious. I wonder what they’re
In a few weeks, we will have a holiday. Let me tell you. made of. I wonder where this old man came from? I wish he
My father has bought a small cottage near the beach. He could come every day.”
said that I can use it whenever I want. So, during the holiday, On the second day, the crazy old man came to the village
I would like to invite you and Vinsa to the cottage. Here, we again. He yelled, “Hot and delicious dumplings! Peanut and
can cook together, just like we used to. Just tell me what you sesame. One for ten cents, two for twenty cents, or three for free!”
would like to cook, the ingredients and I will prepare all. Everyone began to gather around the old man. They ate the
I really hope you and Vinsa can come. Please suggest dumplings so fast that they didn’t even chew on the dumplings.
another time if you can’t come O.K.? I look forward to After a while, all the dumplings were eaten again.
hearing from you. On the third day, the same thing happened; villagers were
trying to eat as much as they possibly could. Suddenly, a voice
Joan was heard, “Sir, can you please give me one dumpling?”
Everyone was surprised. They turned and stared at the young
14. What does Joan invite Sara to do? man.
A. To stay at her cottage. “Young man, did you hear me clearly? One for ten cents,
B. To celebrate her birthday. two for twenty cents, or three for free. Why do you want one
C. To have a house-warming party. dumpling when you could get three for free?”
D. To join a cooking competition. “I know,” the young man replied, “but I see how you’ve
E. To go to the beach and rent a cottage there. carried a heavy load of dumplings every day and not made any
money. I feel sorry for you. I really want to help, but I have only
15. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE? enough money to pay for one dumpling.” Every one of the greedy
A. The cottage is small. villagers felt ashamed when they heard the young man’s words.
B. The cottage is near the beach. “Aha! I’ve found you at last. You are the person, suitable to
C. Both the sender and the receiver like cooking. be my successor.”
D. Joan will prepare the ingredients for cooking. Everyone saw the old man and realized now that he was
E. Joan can use the cottage just in the holiday time. actually their king. To find himself a trustworthy and kindhearted
successor, he had disguised himself as a senile old man in order
to test the people’s hearts.
Adapted from: http://www.taiwandc.org/folk-ban.htm (April 13, 2014)

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 43

16. What did the villagers say of the dumpling seller?
A. He was forgetful.
B. He was stupid.
C. He was generous.
D. He was tricky.
E. He was the best dumpling maker.
17. How could villagers get dumplings for free?
A. When they bought four red beans.
B. When they bought two dumplings.
C. When they bought three dumplings.
D. When they ate as many dumplings as they could.
E. When they bought dumplings from him for three days.
18. Which of the following statements is TRUE about the
dumplings?
A. They were cold.
B. They tasted terrible.
C. They smelled nasty.
D. They were as white as eggs.
E. They were as big as chicken eggs.
44 Narratives
19. Why did a young man buy one dumpling from him?
A. He didn’t know that he could get more dumplings for free.
B. He wanted to know who the man was.
C. He just wanted to taste the dumpling.
D. He felt sorry for the old man.
E. He felt stuffed.
20. What is the purpose of the text?
A. To entertain the readers.
B. To tell the readers the news of the day.
C. To persuade the readers to do something.
D. To describe what dumplings look like.
E. To talk about the experience of a dumplings seller.
II. Write a narrative story.
You may choose your own topic.
Kunci Review Unit II Version B II. Esai
Contoh jawaban:
I. Pilihan Ganda One day a farmer’s donkey fell down into a well. The animal
cried piteously for hours as the farmer tried to figure out a way to
1. B 11. E
get him out. Finally, he decided it was probably impossible. The
2. E 12. C animal was old and the well was dry anyway, so it just wasn’t
3. C 13. A worthy to try retrieving the donkey. However, he suddenly had
4. E 14. A a brilliant idea. He asked his neighbors to come over and help
him shovel dirt into the well. They all grabbed shovels and began
5. B 15. E to shovel dirt into the well.
6. E 16. B At first, when the donkey realized what was happening,
7. C 17. C he cried horribly. Suddenly, he quietened down and let out some
happy brays. Everyone was amazed, but the farmer just smiled.
8. B 18. E
A few shovel loads later, the farmer looked down the well to see
9. D 19. D what was happening. You know, with every shovel of dirt that hit
10. C 20. A his back, the donkey was shaking it off and taking a step up.
As the farmer’s neighbors continued to shovel dirt on top of
the animal, he continued to shake it off and take a step up. Pretty
soon, to everyone’s amazement, the donkey stepped up over the
edge of the well and trotted off. So, the farmer’s idea had worked
well.
Adapted from: http://www.guy-sports.com/humor/stories/moral_short_stories.htm
(January 12, 2014)

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 45

 LISTENING SECTION PART II
PART I
5. Write your answer on your answer sheet.
1. Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Percakapan dan pilihan jawaban yang
Guru: diperdengarkan Bapak/Ibu Guru:
Man : Hi, Destin. Long time no see. Woman : Good morning, Sir. I’d like to introduce you
Woman : Hi, Yosa. Yes, you’re right. We have not met the new teacher, Miss Clara.
for months. Man : ________
Narrator : What is the dialog about? Narrator : How should the man respond?
A. Not bad at all, thanks.
Jawaban: D B. Glad to meet you, Miss Clara.
C. Good afternoon, Miss Clara.
2. Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu D. Thank you for your help.
Guru:
Boy : There will be a small party to celebrate my Jawaban: B
team’s victory in 6. Write your answer on your answer sheet.
the basketball competition this afternoon.
Would you like to join us? Percakapan dan pilihan jawaban yang
Girl : Sure. I’d be glad to. Thanks for inviting me. diperdengarkan Bapak/Ibu Guru:
Narrator : What will the girl do this Man : How about going to the fitness center
afternoon? tomorrow morning?
Woman : ________
Jawaban: A
Narrator : Which is the best response?
A. How do you do?
3. Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu B. What great news!
Guru: C. Good morning, Hilda.
Boy : I’m very delighted to have my favorite D. All right. See you there.
singer’s autograph.
Girl : Oh, really? That’s marvelous. Jawaban: D
How did you get it?
Boy : I joined a seminar and he was one of the 7. Write your answer on your answer sheet.
guests at the seminar.
Narrator : Why does the boy feel happy? Percakapan dan pilihan jawaban yang
diperdengarkan Bapak/Ibu Guru:
Jawaban: D Woman : Do you know how happy I am? Look! My
short story has been published.
Man : ________
4. Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu
Narrator : What will the man say to the woman?
Guru: A. I’m sorry. I have to cancel our
Boy : I’m sorry. I must go now. I have to appointment.
accompany my mother to see a doctor. B. No problem. I’m free tomorrow.
Girl : All right. See you later. C. Great! I’m happy for you.
Boy : See you. D. Hi. I’m a new student here.
Narrator : Where will the boy go?
Jawaban: C
Jawaban: E

PART III

8. Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu

Guru:
Boy : Good night, Mom.
Woman : Good night, dear. Sweet dreams.
Narrator : Which picture best describes the dialog?

Jawaban: E

46 Mid-Term Test
 He rushed down towards the village calling out “Wolf, Wolf.”
9. Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu The villagers came out to meet him and some of them
Guru: stopped with him for a considerable time. There was no wolf
Boy : What a bright Sunday! at all. This pleased the boy so much that a few days
Girl : It is. What if we go cycling? afterwards he tried the same trick and again the villagers
Boy : That’s a good idea. came to him.
Narrator : What will the boy and the girl do? But shortly after this a wolf actually did come out from
the forest, to worry the sheep and the boy of course cried
Jawaban: B out “Wolf, Wolf”, still louder than before, but this time the
villagers, who had been fooled twice before, thought the boy
10. Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru: was again making a joke and nobody came to help him. So
I had never imagined what I would undergo today. the wolf made a good meal of the boy’s flock and when the
Both my father and my mother left so early in the boy complained, the wise man of the village said, “A liar will
morning. My father said he would have an important not be believed, even when he speaks the truth.”
guest in his office, while my mom said she had to do Adopted from: http://worldoftales.com/fables/Aesop_fables/Aesop_Fables_9.html
(March 18, 2015)
an official duty out of town, so she had to arrive earlier
at her office. Both of my parents were busy. They even Narrator:
forgot that today was my birthday. I got no greetings, 12. What is the monolog about?
kisses, cakes or even presents from them. 13. What kind of animal the shepherd shouted to draw the
Before leaving, my parents told me to keep the villagers’ attention?
house clean and take care of my little brother. Yeah,
I had guessed it would be a hectic day for me. After 12. Jawaban: D
school, I picked my brother up. Then, we had lunch at 13. Jawaban: A
the nearest restaurant. I had to take him to his course
at 4 p.m. At dinner, I tried to cook an easy meal for both Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
of us, an omelet and soup. After that, I helped my Questions 14 to 15 refer to the following monolog.
brother to study before I could do my homework. It was Rian had become an orphan since a very young age.
already 10 and my parents had not come home yet. It was thirteen years ago when Rian lost his father because
I couldn’t stand waiting. I had already felt sleepy. So, of an accident at work, in a coal mining project. He was
I decided to sleep with my brother, in his room. seriously injured and the doctors could not save him. Five
Then, at around 11, my parents woke me up. They years later his mother passed away. She suffered from
brought me a small chocolate cake. They sang happy colon cancer. Rian then, lived with his grandparents and his
birthday and kissed me. No, ... they didn’t forget my younger sister. It was hard for him, but he had to stay
birthday as I had thought earlier. They said, “We love strong. His grandfather, a former soldier, taught him how to
you and we want to teach you to be independent by be a tough boy. He was seventeen years old and about to
taking care of your little brother while we are away. You choose where he would continue his studies. His life had
have done great.” taught him a lot about how to struggle for his uneasy life
and how to stand strong. He finally decided to enter an
Narrator : What did the writer get from his/her parents
army academy.
on his/her birthday?
Narrator:
Jawaban: C 14. Who suffered from a colon cancer?
15. What was Rian going to be?
11. Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
One sunny afternoon, a farmer came across a bird 14. Jawaban: D
with a broken wing. He picked it up, brought it home 15. Jawaban: C
and looked after it even though his wife complained
bitterly about his wasting too much time on the This is the end of the listening section.
creature. After some time, the wing healed. The bird did
not want the farmer to keep arguing with his wife all the READING SECTION
time, so it decided to go back to its nest. When the
farmer realized the bird had gone, he was so upset that 16. C 31. C 46. A
he went out to look for it. Eventually, he found it again 17. D 32. C 47. C
and was greeted happily by the whole family of birds. 18. D 33. E 48. E
As gratitude for his care and attention, the birds gave 19. A 34. D 49. B
him a little box full of precious stones. 20. B 35. A 50. B
Adapted from: Gianni Padoan, 366 and More Fairy Tales, Sussex, Ravatte
Limited, 1986. 21. C 36. D
22. B 37. E
Narrator : Who looked after the broken-wing bird?
23. C 38. B
Jawaban: A 24. D 39. E
25. C 40. B
PART IV 26. C 41. A
27. E 42. A
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru: 28. B 43. D
Questions 12 to 13 refer to the following monolog. 29. A 44. E
There was once a young shepherd boy who tended his 30. A 45. C
sheep at the foot of a mountain near a dark forest. It was
rather lonely for him all day, so he thought up a plan, by
which he could get a little company and some excitement.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 47

 There are many electronic appliances nowdays. How did you learn how to operate the
appliance for the first time? You read its manual, didn’t you? For your information, what is
At the end of this unit you written in the manual is an example of procedural text. You’ll find more about this text type in
will be able to: this unit. Then, you will have a chance to evaluate your understanding by writing procedures.
1. show or give attention, However, before learning procedural texts, first you will learn expressions to show or
2. give instructions, give attention and to give instructions.
3. deliver procedures
about how to operate
something using spoken
English,
4. deliver spoken notices,
5. create procedural texts,
6. write directions for use,
and
7. use adverbial clauses and
modals correctly.

48 Procedures
 Percakapan-percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu
Guru dan jawaban:
3.1 Expressions Dialog 1
Son : Mom, you know what?
Mother : What?
Son : We will have the National Independence
(1) ceremony at the Regency Town Square. I am
(2) chosen to be one of the flag hoisters.
Mother : Are you? That’s great! You have to do your best, then.
Son : I will. I must (3) prepare myself well.
Mother : Yes, you must. Many people will be watching you.
Make sure you perform your best.
Son : Sure. That is why we will have regular and
(4) disciplined practices.
Mother : Please (5) manage your time well. Keep your body fit
A. Find the meanings of the following words or phrases.
physically and mentally.
You will hear these words in Task B.
Son : I will, Mom.
Jawaban:
Dialog 2
1. pengibar bendera 2. kemerdekaan, kebebasan
Teacher : Good morning, class.
3. alun-alun kota 4. rutin, teratur
Students : Good morning, Sir.
5. secara mental 6. membagikan
Teacher : As I told you (1) last week, today we have a test on
7. lembar 8. mengangkat, menaikkan
Unit 1 and Unit 2. Are you ready?
Students : Yes, Sir.
Teacher : Good. Now, please close your books and (2) notes
and put them in your bags. Prepare your
(3) stationery. I will distribute you two sheets, the
test and answer sheets.
Make sentences using the words or phrases in Task A. Students : O.K.
Contoh jawaban: Teacher : Write your name on the top right of your answer
1. The flag hoisters in the ceremony performed their duty sheet with (4) today’s date. Do not write on
well. the test sheet. You have 60 minutes to do the test.
2. As I live far away from home, I have independence from Is that clear?
my parents, but I have responsibilities of my own. Students : Yes, Sir.
3. Many people gathered at the town square to participate Teacher : If there is something you haven’t (5) understood,
in morning gymnastics. please raise your hands. Good luck!
4. You should do regular physical exercises to stay healthy
and fresh.
5. Mentally, the little boy is ready to have an operation.
6. The assistants help the speakers distribute the handouts
of the seminar.
7. Please complete these two sheets, one is a registration Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in
form and the other, a membership statement. Task B.
8. I’d really thank Mira for she has helped raise my hopes Dialog 1
when I was down. 1. What good news does the boy tell his mother about?
2. Where will the ceremony be held?
3. What does the boy’s mother feel?
B. Listen and complete the dialogs based on what you
4. What will the boy do to prepare for the ceremony?
have heard.
5. “We will have the National Independence ....”
What does the underlined word refer to?
Dialog 2
1. Sebelumnya, Bapak/Ibu Guru memperdengarkan dua 1. What should the students do before the test begins?
percakapan yang lengkap, satu per satu, dan peserta 2. How many sheets will each student receive for the test?
didik menyimak dengan saksama. What are they?
2. Bapak/Ibu Guru memperdengarkan kembali percakapan- 3. Where should the students write their names?
percakapan tersebut dan peserta didik menyimak sambil 4. How long will the students have for the test?
melengkapi percakapan-percakapan rumpang di buku. 5. What should the students do if they haven’t understood
3. Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat memperdengarkan kembali kedua the instructions?
percakapan tersebut dan peserta didik menyimak
Jawaban:
mencocokkan jawabannya.
Dialog 1
4. Bapak/Ibu Guru memotivasi peser ta didik untuk
1. He is chosen to be one of the flag hoisters at the
membacakan jawabannya, lalu bersama-sama
National Independence ceremony.
membahas jawaban yang benar.
2. At the Regency Town Square.
5. Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat memotivasi beberapa peserta didik
3. She feels pleased and proud of her son.
untuk memeragakan percakapan yang sudah lengkap.
4. He will have regular and disciplined practices.
Sebelumnya, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat mencontohkan
5. It refers to the boy and the other flag hoisters.
pelafalan kata-kata sulit atau baru.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 49

 Jawaban:
Dialog 2
1. They should put their books and notes in their bags and Dialog Name Problem Solution
prepare their stationery.
2. Two. They are test and answer sheets. 1 Benny Lost his motorcycle Linda helps him find
3. On the top right of the answer sheet. key. it.
4. They will have 60 minutes to do the test.
5. They should raise their hands. 2 Bunga Feels less- She should consume
energized and multivitamins and
sleepy. manage the time to
C. Listen to the dialogs and fill in the table below. rest.
Write the problems each person has and the
3 Cinta Has no idea what Jim shows her how
solutions suggested.
to make for her art to make a paper
Percakapan-percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu assignment. sweater.
Guru:
Dialog 1
Girl : What are you looking for, Benny? D. Listen to the dialogs in Task C again and answer the
Boy : I’m looking for my motorbike key. I lost it. following questions.
Girl : Did you? Jawaban:
Boy : Yup. I think I put it in my pocket, but I can’t find it now. Dialog 1
Girl : Have you tried to find it in other places? 1. He is looking for his motorcycle key.
Boy : I’ve tried my bag, the drawer, inside books, but no result. 2. There are a red string and a basketball key chain on it.
Girl : I’m sorry to hear that. What does it look like? 3. He kept it in his pocket.
Boy : There are a red string and a basketball key chain on it. 4. He has tried the bag, the drawer and inside books.
Girl : Well, let me help you find it. 5. It means that the girl gives attention to the boy who lost his
Boy : Thanks, Linda. motorcycle key.
Dialog 2 Dialog 2
Boy : Hi, Bunga. What’s the matter with you? 1. She feels less-energized and sleepy.
Girl : Hi, Obet. I feel less-energized and sleepy. 2. Because she had many activities the day before.
Boy : Do you? 3. She joined a music extracurricular class and attended
Girl : Yeah. I joined a music extracurricular class after school a math course.
yesterday. Then, I had to attend a math course at 4. 4. She arrived home at 6 p.m.
I arrived home at 6. 5. The boy suggests she consume multivitamins and manage
Boy : Wow, you started early in the morning and ended at her time to rest.
dusk. You must have been tired. Dialog 3
Girl : Definitely. After having a bath and dinner, I attended 1. An art assignment.
a social activity at 7:30 p.m., studied around 9 p.m. and 2. She makes a paper sweater.
went to bed at 10:30 p.m. 3. She folds the paper, about 3 cm.
Boy : What a hectic day and you have to get up early in the 4. It refers to the paper sweater.
morning. 5. It is synonymous to ‘borders’.
Girl : Yes, you’re right.
Boy : That is why you look so sleepy and a bit pale right now.
You should take some multivitamins every day to keep
your stamina up and manage your time to rest.
Girl : Certainly.
Dialog 3 Listen and answer the questions based on what you have
Boy : Any problem, Cinta? heard.
Girl : Yeah, it’s about my art assignment. I have to make
Percakapan yang dibacakan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
something, with a piece of paper, but I have no idea what
Boy : Mom, what if we give daddy a simple surprise
to make.
for his birthday?
Boy : Why don’t you make a paper sweater?
Woman : Good idea. Daddy will be home at around 5,
Girl : Do you know how to make one?
right? We have a few hours to prepare
Boy : Sure. Give me a piece of paper and I’ll show you how to
everything.
make one. Please follow me.
Boy : Yes, you’re right.
Girl : All right.
Woman : O.K., I’ll prepare the food and beverages.
Boy : First, fold the paper, about 3 cm. Then, turn the paper to
Would you please prepare the room?
this side. Fold the top edges into a triangular shape.
Boy : Sure.
Next, fold the bottom sides like this. Add some buttons
Woman : You don’t need to move the chairs and tables.
on it, then put it on a popsicle stick.
Just decorate the room with balloons and
Girl : Hooray, I can make one. Thanks, Jim.
scrapped paper.
Boy : Yeah. Can I take a few flowers from the
garden to make the room fresher and livelier,
Mom?
Woman : Do it, dear and please invite your uncle’s
family to come and join us.
Boy : All right, Mom.

50 Procedures
 1. Where does the conversation probably take place? B. Complete the following statements based on the
2. What will the speakers do? proper dialog in Task A.
3. What time will daddy arrive home? Jawaban:
4. What should the boy do? 1. a card trick
5. Why does the boy include flowers? 2. shuffle the cards and divide them into three piles
Jawaban: 3. take one card from each pile of the cards
1. At the speakers’ home. 4. 2 of Clubs, Ace of Spades and 8 of Diamonds
2. They will prepare a simple surprise for daddy’s birthday. 5. collectively
3. At around 5.
4. He should decorate the room and invite his uncle’s family.
5. He wants to make the room fresher and livelier.

E. Listen and choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct A. Arrange the sentences to form a sequential dialog.
answer. Then, practice it with your friend.
Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru: 1. Damar : Really? What was that?
This dialog is for questions 1 and 2. 2. Damar : Anyway, how was your party?
Boy : Linda, I have been accepted by my favorite university. 3. Damar : Wow, that was really romantic!
So, I will be a college student in the next few months. 4. Damar : Thanks, but I have a gift for you. Here it is.
Girl : Congratulations! You must be very happy. I hope you like it.
Boy : Yes, definitely. 5. Damar : Then, what happened?
Girl : So, what will you major at? 6. Damar : Vira, happy birthday! Sorry, I couldn’t attend
Boy : Accounting. your party yesterday.
Girl : Well, you’ll be concerned with financial things. It’s not 7. Vira : It was.
an easy job. 8. Vira : It was merry! We had a lot of fun. In fact, there
Boy : Yeah. was a great moment.
Girl : May I know why you want to be an accountant? 9. Vira : You know, everyone panicked, especially my
Boy : Um, being an accountant seems promising for my future family and I. However, the restaurant
life. management had an idea to change the party
Girl : I see. Well then, wish you luck in your studies. Just do into a romantic one. The staff lit many candles
your best. for the room, so we had a kind of a candle-
Boy : Thanks. light party.
Jawaban: 10. Vira : Thank you.
1. B 2. D 11. Vira : Thank you, Damar. I knew why you couldn’t
make it. It’s all right.
Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru: 12. Vira : The moment when the lights in the restaurant
This dialog is for questions 3 to 5. where my party was held, suddenly went out.
Man : Rahma, will you help me, dear? We had no clue why it happened. It was really
Girl : Certainly. What can I do for you, Dad? an unpredicted blackout.
Man : Help me paint the gate. The paint has been peeling.
Girl : Sure. I like painting. B. Answer the following questions based on the proper
Man : O.K., I have prepared the paint and the paintbrushes. dialog in Task A.
Girl : So, I just need to dip the paintbrush into the paint, right, 1. What are the speakers talking about?
Dad? 2. Why did Damar apologize to Vira?
Man : Wait. We should add some liquid to the paint, before 3. Where was the party held?
using it. 4. What happened in the middle of the party?
Girl : Oh. What’s next, Dad? 5. What did Vira and her guests feel towards the situation?
Man : Dip your paintbrush carefully. Apply the paint to the gate 6. What was done to overcome the situation?
with consistent lines, only vertically or horizontally, until 7. In Vira’s opinion, what did the party turn out to be?
you’ve finished. 8. Damar says, “I hope you like it.” What does ‘it’ refer to?
Girl : Like this?
Man : Yes, you’re doing well. Jawaban:
Jawaban: Task A
3. E 4. D 5. C The correct arrangement of the sentences is 6–11–4–10–2–
8–1–12–5–9–3–7.
Task B
1. Vira’s party.
2. Because he couldn’t attend her party.
3. In a restaurant.
4. All the lights in the restaurant suddenly went out.
A. Arrange the following sentences to form a sequential
5. They panicked.
dialog.
6. The restaurant staff lit many candles for the room.
Then, practice it with your friend.
7. It turned out to be a romantic party.
Jawaban: 8. It refers to Damar’s present/gift for Vira.
The correct arrangement of the sentences is 5–13–8–18–1–16–
3–10–7–12–2–17–9–11–4–14–6–15.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 51

 C. Complete the dialogs with the correct sentences from Dialog 2
the boxes.
Then, practice the dialogs with a friend. a. Did you?
Jawaban: b. It really suits you.
Dialog 1 c. Would you mind trying it on now?
1. f 2. e 3. d 4. a 5. c d. It’s a nice cotton dress.
e. This is not what I want.
Dialog 2 f. What do you think?
1. d 2. f 3. a 4. e 5. b
Ratna : I bought a new dress yesterday.
D. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs Erin : (1) ________
in Task C. Ratna : Yeah. My mom and I went shopping yesterday at
Jawaban: GRAND Mall. We found a beautiful dress.
Dialog 1 Erin : May I see it?
1. It’s about Korean. Ratna : Sure. Here it is.
2. Her sister gave it to her. Erin : Wow! (2) ________
3. She thought Riana should learn Korean because Riana likes Ratna : Thanks. My mom helped me choose it. I’m going to
watching Korean dramas. wear it for my sister’s wedding next month.
4. No, she can’t. Because she only knows several Korean words. Erin : (3) ________ I’d like to see how beautiful you are
5. It shows how to pronounce the Korean words. in it.
Ratna : Certainly. Wait a moment. (After a while) (4) ________
Dialog 2 Erin : Marvelous! (5) ________
1. They are a director (Mr. David) and his secretary (Miss Vera) Ratna : Thanks.
2. Mr. David and branch managers.
3. He will have a meeting with the production staff, about their B. Answer these questions based on the dialogs in
upcoming project. Task A.
4. She should prepare the slides for the managerial meeting Dialog 1
tomorrow and check the projector. 1. Why does Indy envy Prast’s photo?
5. Because he needs to study the materials for tomorrow’s 2. How did Pras edit the photo?
meetings. 3. What should Indy do if she wants to have a similarly
edited-photo?
4. When should Indy resize the photo?
5. “I envy your photo.”
What is ‘envy’ synonymous to?

A. Complete the dialogs with the correct sentences Dialog 2

from the boxes. 1. Who do you think the speakers are?
Then, practice the dialogs with a friend. 2. Who did Ratna go shopping with?
3. Where did she buy a new dress?
Dialog 1
4. When will she wear the dress?
a. I get it. 5. What does Erin think about the dress?
b. There are many nice frames. Jawaban:
c. The one hanging on the wall. Task A
d. How did you edit it? Dialog 1
e. I have a good idea. 1. c 2. d 3. f 4. b 5. a
f. I’ll show you how to edit it. Dialog 2
1. a 2. d 3. c 4. f 5. b
Indy : I envy your photo. It’s a well-edited photo and it
Task B
seems artistic.
Dialog 1
Pras : Which photo?
1. Because she thinks it is well-edited and artistic.
Indy : (1) ________
2. He edited it using an online program.
Pras : Oh. To me, it’s only a simple photo.
3. She has to connect to the Internet and enter a certain
Indy : (2) ________
website.
Pras : Using an online program. O.K., let’s make an Internet
4. If the original photo’s size is too large.
connection. (3) ________
5. It is synonymous to ‘be jealous of’.
Indy : All right.
Pras : O.K., enter this website. Then, choose the frame Dialog 2
you’re interested in. 1. They are best friends.
Indy : (4) ________ 2. Her mother.
Pras : Yup. When you are interested in a frame, click on it. 3. At GRAND Mall.
Then, browse the photo you want to edit from the 4. She will wear it for her sister’s wedding next month.
computer. 5. She thinks it’s marvelous and really suits Ratna.
Indy : Let me find one.
Pras : If the size is too large, you have to resize it, then
browse the photo again.
Indy : (5) ________
Pras : You can download the edited photo and save it on
your computer. Done.
Indy : Wow, it’s quite easy. Thanks.

52 Procedures
 E. Create your own dialog based on your Document Format. Make sure that the manuscript is in
own topic. a clean, (5) ready-to-print layout.
Then, practice it with your friend. Then, we need to prepare the cover. If we are not
Contohjawaban: good at (6) designing the cover, we can ask for help from
You : Excuse me, Ma’am. an (7) illustrator. After that, we can print the manuscript
Woman : Yes. and the cover on a (8) digital printer. Finally, get the ISBN
You : I’d like to ask you. Is there a gas station around here? number and barcode to (9) enable the book to be
Woman : Yeah. There is one near here. published. Assign a (10) publisher to publish the book.
Adopted from: http://www.ehow.com/m/how_2308813_get-book-printed.html
You : Could you tell me how to get there? (February 20, 2015)
Woman : Sure. Go straight down this street for 200 meters
until you meet a T-junction. Then, turn left. Soal yang dikerjakan oleh peserta didik:
The gas station is only 100 meters from the junction. Have you ever wondered how your textbook was
You will see the sign clearly. (1) ________________? Well, there are several steps, before
You : I see. Thank you very much for your help, Ma’am. you get a printed book.
Woman : You’re welcome. First of all, we should (2) ________________ of the
manuscript. We should also (3) ________________ the
grammar and other errors. Once we are sure of the content,
we can save the (4) ________________ file as a PDF, short
for Portable Document Format. Make sure that the
3.2 Genre manuscript is in a clean, (5) ________________ layout.
Then, we need to prepare the cover. If we are not good at
(6) ________________ the cover, we can ask for help from
an (7) ________________. After that, we can print the
manuscript and the cover on a (8) ________________. Finally,
get the ISBN number and barcode to (9) ________________
the book to be published. Assign a (10) ________________ to
publish the book.
Adopted from: http://www.ehow.com/m/how_2308813_get-book-printed.html
(February 20, 2015)

B. Find the meanings of the following words.

1. to wonder = ____________________
A. Listen and complete the text based on what you have 2. manuscript = ____________________
heard. 3. to proofread = ____________________
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru dan jawaban: 4. portable = ____________________
You know a (1) flashlight, don’t you? But do you know 5. layout = ____________________
how it works? Well, there is an (2) experiment to learn how 6. illustrator = ____________________
a flashlight works. 7. to enable = ____________________
First, prepare an empty can, four “D” (3) batteries, masking 8. publisher = ____________________
tape, aluminum foil and small-set-lights. Then, in a small can, Jawaban:
push several (4) layers of crumpled aluminum foil to the bottom. Task A
Look at the batteries and (5) observe how the flat end is marked 1. published 2. check the spelling
‘negative’ and the (6) pointed end is marked ‘positive’. 3. proofread 4. manuscript
After that, place the four batteries in the can. (7) Stand the 5. ready-to-print 6. designing
‘negative’ end up on two of the batteries and the ‘positive’ end up 7. illustrator 8. digital printer
on the other two. 9. enable 10. publisher
Next, touch the end of your light (8) wire to one end of Task B
a battery and touch the other end of the wire to another battery. 1. ingin tahu, heran 2. naskah
Take care when (9) stripping the wire. Do the lights (10) light 3. mengoreksi 4. mudah dibawa
up? If not, try once again or change the battery. 5. susunan 6. juru gambar
Adopted from: http://www.cmste.uregina.ca/Quickstarts/howaflashlightworks.html
(February 20, 2015) 7. memungkinkan 8. penerbit

B. Answer the following questions based on the text in

A. Listen and complete the text based on what you
have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
Have you ever wondered how your textbook was
(1) published? Well, there are several steps, before you
get a printed book.
First of all, we should (2) check the spelling of the
manuscript. We should also (3) proofread the grammar
and other errors. Once we are sure of the content, we can
save the (4) manuscript file as a PDF, short for Portable
Task A.
Jawaban:
1. An experiment to learn how a flashlight works.
2. Several layers of crumpled aluminum foil.
3. Four batteries.
4. We should stand the ‘negative’ end up on two of the
batteries and the ‘positive’ end up on the other two.
5. We should try again or change the battery.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 53

 C. Listen and answer the questions based on what you Jawaban:
have heard. 1. A toaster.
2. To toast bread.
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
3. Connect the toaster to an electric socket.
Have you ever experienced making a presentation in front of
4. Into the slots.
the class? What did you do? Some students may use an LCD
5. An adjustment knob.
projector to make a presentation because it is more effective and
clearer to display what they want to present. For those of you
who want to use it, but not familiar with it, I’ll show you how to D. Match the words in column A with their correct
operate it. meanings in column B.
First, plug the LCD projector into a power outlet. Then, use You will hear these words in Task E.
the VGA cable available to connect your laptop computer to the
LCD projector. Insert one end of the cable into the socket on your Jawaban:
laptop and in the LCD projector. 1. d 2. g 3. i 4. f
Next, switch on your laptop computer and LCD projector. 5. a 6. h 7. b 8. e
It may take a couple of minutes to warm up.
After that, open your file or document you wish to display. E. Listen and choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct
When you are ready to project your slides, press “Function” or answer.
Fn plus “F4” on your computer keyboard. It will send your Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
computer’s display to the LCD projector. Is your refrigerator getting messy and dirty? I’ll tell you how
After using, turn off the LCD projector by pressing the “off” to clean it.
button. First of all, prepare a cloth, dish towel, knife or spatula,
Adopted from: http://www.ehow.com/m/how_2082770_use-lcd-projector.html (March 2,
2015) vinegar and some water. Then, empty the refrigerator. Place the
contents on a table or in empty baskets. Throw out aged or
Jawaban:
inedible food. Toss out anything you don’t use regularly.
1. An LCD projector.
After that, defrost the refrigerator. Use a knife or spatula to
2. Because it is more effective and clearer to display what they
gently remove the built-up ice on the shelves and dispose of it.
want to present.
Next, wipe your refrigerator inside and outside, using
3. We should insert it into both the connector on the laptop
a cloth, vinegar and water. Rinse well with the cloth, using clean
computer and the device.
water. Also, do not neglect to wash the door.
4. Leave the device for a couple of minutes to warm up.
Finally, use the dish towel to dry the refrigerator. Let it dry
5. Function or Fn and F4.
thoroughly before you replace the contents. You should keep your
refrigerator organized, with cheese and butter on one shelf. You
should store raw meat on the bottom shelf to avoid meat juices
dripping onto the shelf below and put vegetables in the crisper.
Clean your refrigerator once a month. Please remember,
do not clean a cold glass shelf with hot water. The sudden
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat temperature change could shatter the glass.
memberikan soal berikut. Adapted from: http://www.howtocleanstuff.net/how-to-clean-a-freezer.html (February 26,
2015)
Teks yang dibacakan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru: Jawaban:
Do you know a toaster? Do you have one at home? 1. E 2. B 3. D 4. A 5. C
A toaster is a typically small electric kitchen appliance
designed to toast multiple types of bread products. It may F. Listen and write the sentences you have heard.
seem a simple machine to use. However, several people
may have difficulties using a toaster properly and safely Kalimat-kalimat yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru
because they are not familiar with one. dan sekaligus jawaban:
Here is how to use a toaster. 1. Could you help me wrap these gifts?
First, connect the toaster to an electric socket. Then, 2. Dion should be home before it gets dark.
insert what you want to toast into the slots on the top of 3. The students must hand in their work as soon as they finish it.
the toaster. 4. Since the weather is nice, we will have a picnic at the city park.
Next, find the toast setting and adjust as necessary 5. Mom, can I go swimming after doing the chores?
for the quality of the toast. You can select the darkness of
bread on the toaster, using the adjustment knob. After
that, push down the lever to lower the slices of bread into
the toaster between the heating elements.
When the bread is toasted, the slices will pop up
automatically. Finally, take the bread out of toaster and B. Answer the questions based on the text in Task A.
spread jam, honey or anything else you may want to on it.
You can eat the delicious toast you made. Jawaban:
Adopted from: http://www.kitchen-gadgets.com/how-to-use-a-toaster.html 1. It’s a procedure of getting rid of burn scars/marks using
(March 2, 2015) lemon and tomato juices.
2. They can help remove the dead skin and help the skin
1. What appliance is described? rejuvenate.
2. What is the function of the appliance? 3. We need one cloth, moistened with water, to be put on the
3. What should be done to make the appliance work? burn mark and one, moistened with fresh lemon juice, to
4. Where should we insert the bread? dab the burm mark.
5. What part of the appliance is used to select the 4. After the burn area, dabbed with lemon juice-moistened
darkness of the food? washcloth, is dry.
5. About twice a day.

54 Procedures

A. Present the following text, in turns.
Most doctors, I think, use this appliance to examine their
patients. Do you know what it is? Yup. It is a stethoscope.
It can be used to calculate a patient’s heart beat. My aunt,
who is a doctor, once showed me how to use it. Let me share
with you.
First, find a relatively quiet area to ensure that the body
sounds are not overpowered by background noises. Then,
insert the two ear pieces into your ears. Make sure that the
ear pieces fit snugly. Use the stethoscope on the bare skin to
avoid picking up sound of rustling fabric.
Next, hold the round part or the chest piece up to the
person’s chest or heart. You should hear a steady lub-dub,
lub-dub sound. The sound travels through the tube to your
ears.
Adopted from: http://www.wikihow.com/Use-a-Stethoscope (March 2, 2015)
B. Answer the questions based on the text in Task A.
1. What is the function of a stethoscope as mentioned in
the text?
2. How many pieces does a stethoscope have?
3. Why should we find a quiet area before using
a stethoscope?
4. Where should we place the round part of a stethoscope?
5. “Make sure that the ear pieces fit snugly.”
What is the synonym of the underlined word?
Jawaban:
1. To calculate person’s heart beat.
2. Two. They are the ear pieces and chest piece.
3. To avoid any background noises.
4. We should place it on a person’s chest or heart.
5. It is ‘comfortably’.
C. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form
a sequential procedural text.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dikerjakan oleh peserta didik dan
jawaban:
4 Third, scroll and select OSD LANG.
6 Select your preferred language and press OK.
D. Complete the statements based on the text in Task C.
Jawaban:
1. the procedure to operate a DVD player
2. slide the POWER switch to ON
3. playback will start automatically
4. highlight our selection of an item from the menu
5. chosen
A. Arrange the sentences to form sequential procedural
texts.
Text 1
How to Send a Fax
1. Next, lay the documents face-up in the fax machine
feeder tray with the coversheet on top.
2. The first step is to plug the fax machine into a socket
and into a working phone jack.
3. Fax, short for facsimile, is a telephonic transmission of
scanned printed materials, normally to a telephone
number connected to a printer. Let me tell you how to
send a fax.
4. Third, obtain the fax number of the destination fax
machine.
5. Finally, press the “Fax” or “Send” button, depending on
the particular fax machine model.
6. Fourth, gather the documents you want to send and put
them in the order you want them to be received.
7. If you want to send a fax, you need to prepare a fax
machine, a document to send and a fax number.
8. Then, turn the fax machine on.
9. After the documents are ready, dial the recipient’s fax
number.
10. Fifth, fill out a separate piece of paper called a coversheet
with the recipient’s name, fax number/phone number, your
name, your phone number, a short message and number
of pages.
Adopted from: http://electronics.howstuffworks.com/gadgets/fax/fax-
machine4.htm (March 2, 2015)
Text 2
How to Cook Curry

1 Do you know hot to operate a DVD player? Let me show 1. Its common feature is the incorporation of a complex
combinations of spices and herbs.
you.
2. Then, add the spices, coriander, chili powder, cardamom,
8 Playback starts automatically and the screen reflects the cayenne pepper, turmeric and hing to the oil and stir it.
type of disc loaded. 3. They are ginger, onions, garlic, coriander, chili powder,
10 Finally, enjoy your favorite music or movie. cardamom, cayenne pepper, turmeric and hing or
asafetida.
2 First, slide the POWER switch to ON, to switch on the 4. Add some water to prevent burning. Simmer until it is
DVD player. cooked.
5 Press 2 to select from OSD language options. 5. After the spices are done, add the meat or vegetables
you want to eat and cook, whether it’s chicken beef or
9 The disc may invite you to select an item from the menu.
vegetables.
Use the 1, 2, 3 and 4 keys to highlight your selection and 6. First, pour little oil into a frying pan on medium heat.
press OK. Never cook with smoking oil.
3 Second, press SET UP for the set up menu. 7. Curry is a wide variety of dish originating in Indian,
7 After choosing the OSD language, insert the disc and Pakistani, Bangladeshi, Sri Lankan, Thai or other
Southeast Asian countries.
close the shutter.
8. Finally, eat your delicious curry. You can eat it with rice or
leven bread.
9. Next, sauté grated ginger, sliced onions and crushed
garlic in the hot oil.
Adopted from: – http://www.curryfrenzy.com/curry/html/curry-
method.html (March 2, 2015)
– http://www.wikihow.com/Make-Great-Curry
(March 2, 2015)

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 55


B. Complete the statements based on the texts in Task A.
Text 1
1. We should prepare _____________________,
_____________________ and ____________________
to send a fax.
2. The fax machine should be plugged into
_____________________ and
_____________________.
3. We should fill out the recipient’s name, fax number/
phone number, your name, your phone number,
a short message and number of pages on
a _____________________.
4. We should put the documents face-up in the
_____________________.
5. Finally, _____________________ to send the documents.
Text 2
1. Curry is a kind of dish originating in
____________________, such as Thailand, Malaysia
and Indonesia.
2. The spices of curry may include __________________,
________________, _________________,
__________________, __________________,
_________________, cayenne pepper, turmeric and
hing.
3. We shouldn’t cook a curry with ____________________.
4. We have to ____________________ the ginger, onions
and garlic in the hot oil.
5. We can use ___________________,
____________________ or ___________________ for
a curry.
Jawaban:
Task A
The correct arrangements of the sentences are:
Text 1: 3–7–2–8–4–6–10–1–9–5,
Text 2: 7–1–3–6–9–2–5–4–8.
Task B
Text 1
1. a fax machine; a document to send; a fax number
2. a socket; a working phone jack
3. coversheet
4. fax machine feeder tray
5. press the “Fax” or “Send” button
Text 2
1. Southeast Asian countries
2. ginger; onions; garlic; coriander; chili powder; cardamom
3. smoking oil
4. sauté
5. chicken; beef; vegetables
E. Present a procedural text that you know.
Mind your pronunciation and intonation.
Contoh jawaban:
Camping is a great activity that can be enjoyed by an entire
group of people, or just by yourself. It provides the sense of
freedom and to be able to relax in outdoor places. Well, I will tell
you how to pitch a tent when you go camping.
First of all, you will need to prepare a tent, a hammer and
stakes. Then, choose a wide, open space to assemble your tent.
Locate ground that is flat and away from any flood prone areas.
Select the ground where you will pitch your tent, so that it is free
from rocks and tree limbs.
After that, spread the groundsheet where you wish to pitch
your tent on. This will help you keep warm. Next, assemble the
tent poles. Take the first pole and connect it to the other by
sliding it into the tent sleeve through the other side. At each side
of the tent, there are sleeves for the front poles to pass through.
Finally, place the ends of each pole and stick firmly into the
fastenings, located on the lower edges and corners of the tent
itself. Use tent stakes to fasten the tent to the ground.
Adopted from: http://www.ehow.com/how_4843833_build-camping-tent.html (March 2,
2015)
A. Read the text.
Answer the questions that follow.
Jawaban:
1. We should connect the camera to a PictBridge compliant
printer.
2. A digital camera, a PictBridge compliant printer and
an interface cable.
3. We should plug the cable into the camera terminal and into
the printer.
4. Press the “Menu” button, then press up (▲) or down (▼).
5. It means to pull plug out of electric socket or to disconnect
the appliance.
Read the text and answer the questions that follow.
How to Transplant a Mango Tree
Mango trees are a tropical species that produce sweet,
oval fruits about the size of a pear. The outer skin of a mango
fruit is light green, with peach or pink-colored inner flesh.
The following are the steps of transplanting a mango tree.
1. Choose an area near the south side of a home or near
a paved area to help heat the soil.
2. Place potted mango trees into the chosen location and
leave them in direct sunlight for one week to help them
acclimatise. Monitor them daily and add water if the
leaves start to wilt.
3. Dig a trench around the base of a planted mango tree,
staying at least 1½ to 2 feet away from the trunk. The
trench should be approximately 5 to 6 inches deep. Then
begin digging out the soil under the mango roots. Be
careful not to cut them with the shovel.
4. Grasp the base of the trunk and gently lift the mango
tree out of the soil with the help of another person,
if necessary. Place it in a wheelbarrow to make
transporting easier.
5. Measure the width of the root ball using a tape measure
and dig a hole at the new location that is twice as wide
as the roots. Make the hole the same depth as that of
the root system. Loosen up the sides of the hole by
hitting with a shovel. Place a small mound of dirt into the
bottom of the hole.
6. Insert the mango root ball into the center of the hole and
arrange the roots over the top of the mound. Back fill the
hole with soil until it is full.
7. Create a 4-inch-tall circle of soil around the base of the
mango tree, using any remaining soil or additional top
soil if needed. Fill the inside of the circle with water until
it reaches the top and allow the water to soak down into
the soil.
Adopted from: http://www.ehow.com/how_4879939_transplant-mango-tree.html
(March 2, 2015)

56 Procedures
 Questions: ● Next, (5) _____________________ the number of
1. Where is the habitat of mango trees? copies to be made. The control panel of the photocopier
2. Why should we choose an area near the south side of will have a display that shows the number of copies that
a home? will be produced.
3. How deep should we dig a trench? ● You can (6) __________________ the paper size on the
4. What should we do before we move a mango tree to control panel.
a new location? ● (7) ____________________, push the “Copy”
5. What thing helps us carry a mango tree before moving it (8) ___________________. It may also be labeled
to a new place? “Start.” The photocopier will start working and you can
Jawaban: get the copies you want.
Adopted from: http://www.helping-you-learn-english.com/how-to-use-a-
1. In tropical places. photocopier.html (March 2, 2015)
2. To help heat the soil.
3. It should be approximately 5 to 6 inches deep. C. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer based
4. We should measure the width of the root ball and dig on the text in Task B.
a hole in the new location that is twice as wide as the
1. Where is the machine found mostly?
root ball.
A. At home. B. In hotels.
5. A wheelbarrow.
C. In hospitals. D. In workshops.
E. In offices.
B. Find the meanings of the following words. 2. What can we do after the machine has warmed up?
Jawaban: A. Place the document on the screen to copy.
1. tersedia 2. laman dalam internet B. Select the number of copies of the document.
3. tetap berhubungan 4. via internet C. Close the cover of the machine.
5. terhubung internet 6. kata kunci D. Select the size paper.
7. pendaftaran 8. berlangganan E. Turn off the machine.
9. memperbarui (informasi) 10. nama yang digunakan 3. Which part of the machine shows the number of copies
reguired?
C. Complete the text with the correct words from Task B. A. The cover.
B. The screen.
Jawaban:
C. The control panel.
1. networking 2. online
D. The “Start” button.
3. to keep in touch 4. homepage
E. The “Size paper” button.
5. sign up 6. password
7. username 8. subscribing 4. “Most photocopiers require a couple of minutes to warm
up.”
D. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer based What is the synonym of ‘require’?
on the text in Task C. A. Use. B. Spend.
C. Need. D. Suggest.
Jawaban:
E. Waste.
1. C 2. D 3. B 4. E 5. C
5. “It may also be labeled ‘Start.’”
The underlined word refers to _________.
A. the cover B. the screen
C. the control panel D. the ‘Copy’ button
E. the photocopier
A. Find the meanings of the following words.
Jawaban:
1. to lower = ________________________ Task A
2. finally = ________________________ 1. menurunkan 2. akhirnya
3. to warm up = ________________________ 3. memanaskan 4. memilih
4. to select = ________________________ 5. tombol 6. menancapkan (ke stopkontak)
5. button = ________________________ 7. menekan 8. mengangkat
6. to plug in = ________________________
Task B
7. to press = ________________________
1. plug in 2. warm up 3. lift
8. to lift = ________________________
4. Lower 5. press 6. select
B. Complete the text with the correct words from 7. Finally 8. button
Task A. Task C
How to Copy Documents Using a Photocopier 1. E. Teks tersebut menunjukkan cara menggunakan
mesin fotokopi. Mesin ini pada umumnya ditemukan
● First of all, (1) _________________ the cable and turn di kantor-kantor. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (E) benar.
on the photocopier.
● Allow the photocopier to (2) ___________________. 2. A. Setelah mesin panas, kita bisa meletakkan
Most photocopiers require a couple of minutes to warm dokumen ke layar, sesuai dengan pilihan jawaban
up. (A). Hal itu disimpulkan dari langkah kedua dan
● Then, (3) __________________ the cover of the ketiga, ”Most photocopiers require a couple of
photocopier and put the face of the paper you want to minutes to warm up.” dan ”... put the face of the
copy on the screen of the photocopier. paper you want to copy on the screen of the
● (4) __________________ the photocopier cover. photocopier.”.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 57

 3. C. Berdasarkan kalimat ”The control panel of the
photocopier will have a display that shows the
number of copies that will be produced.”, diketahui
bahwa bagian control panel akan menunjukkan
jumlah lembar fotokopi yang dihasilkan. Jadi, pilihan
jawaban (C) benar.
4. C. Kata ’require’ memiliki makna yang sama dengan
kata ’need’ yang artinya memerlukan. Pilihan
jawaban (C) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena maknanya berbeda; (A) dan (B) artinya
menggunakan, (D) artinya menganjurkan, serta
(E) artinya membuang (waktu).
5. D. Berdasarkan kalimat sebelumnya, ”Finally, push the
’Copy’ button.”, diketahui bahwa kata ’it’ dalam
kalimat soal merujuk pada tombol ’Copy’. Jadi,
pilihan jawaban (D) benar.
E. Complete the sentences with proper adverbial clauses.
Contoh jawaban:
1. my father was promoted to lead his company’s branch office
there
2. he graduated from university
3. it was opened last month
4. I was at a supermarket
5. he came
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat
memberikan soal berikut.
1. The audience gave a big round of applause after
___________________________________.
2. I will do my homework before
___________________________________.
3. We donated money and food when
___________________________________.
4. As ___________________________________,
my brother has less time to meet us.
5. Reno made a lot of mistakes in his English assignment
because ___________________________________.
6. You must not stay up late because
___________________________________.
7. If ___________________________________, you
should go to a medical school.
8. The students can change their sports suits as soon as
___________________________________.
Contoh jawaban:
1. the singer had finished her song
2. I watch my favorite show on TV
3. we visited the orphanage
4. he lives in a dorm
5. he didn’t consult his dictionary
6. it is not good for your health
7. you wish to be a doctor
8. they finish the P.E. class
58 Procedures
A. Make five sentences using adverbial clauses
based on the following situations.
Contoh jawaban:
1. We’d better not eat outside because it is raining heavily.
I will cook noodles and fry omelets.
2. Since the final exams are over, we can relax by having
a trip.
3. You may not talk to your friends during the test. You may
not leave the room before the bell rings.
4. I’m sorry for not answering your call. I was having a bath
when you called.
5. I’m sorry. I may be late coming because I have a science
course at 3:30 p.m. I will head for your house as soon as
I finish the course.
B. Make five sentences using modals based
on the following situations.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Can I have an apple, please?
2. Sir, could you please explain this formula? I do not
understand it.
3. Could you pass me the ketchup, please?
4. You should move to a front desk.
5. Can you wait a moment, please? I will help you as soon as
I finish sweeping the floor.
C. Choose a device and write the procedure
on how to use it.
Find references.
Contoh jawaban:
How to Use a Microscope
1. Turn the revolving nosepiece for the lowest power objective
lens to click into position.
2. Then, place the microscope slide on the stage and fasten it
with stage clips. You can push down on the back end of the
stage clip to open it.
3. Look at the objective lens and the stage from the side and
turn the course focus knob so that the
objective lens moves downward. Move it as far as it will go
without touching the slide.
4. Next, look through the eyepiece and adjust the illuminator or
mirror and diaphragm for the greatest amount of light.
5. Slowly turn the course adjustment so that the objective lens
goes up. Continue until the image comes into focus. Use the
fine adjustment, if available, for fine focusing.
6. You should change to the next objective lenses with only
minimal use of the focusing adjustment.
Adopted from: http://www.microscope-microscope.org/basic/how-to-use-a-microscope.htm
(March 2, 2015)
 C. Answer the questions based on the notices in Task B.

3.3 Short Functional Texts: Spoken Jawaban:

1. We should walk on the pathways.
Notices and Directions for Use 2. In an office.
3. To the staff.
4. In a mall/supermarket/department store.
5. They should check it before they leave the cashier.
6. When we want to mail a letter or send a package.
7. They should check the recipient’s address before they send
a letter or package.
8. It means that we have to detach the cable from the socket
before we fix or repair the computer.

A. Listen and write the notices you have heard.

Kalimat-kalimat yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru A. Listen and write the sentences you have heard.
dan sekaligus jawaban:
Teks yang dibacakan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru dan sekaligus
1. Please be careful. The floor is slippery.
jawaban:
2. Make sure you have turned off the AC before you leave the
Be careful when you walk along the glass section.
room.
There are glass items which are fragile.
3. Put your bag and jacket in the lockers provided.
If you break them, they will be considered sold.
4. We will open the ticket window. Please stand in the queue.
Adapted from: http://dungteng.wordpress.com/contoh-soal/contoh-soal-un-
5. You shouldn’t sleep with the TV on. bahasa-inggris-paket-b/ (March 2, 2015)

B. Answer the questions based on the text in Task A.

1. What does the notice mean?
2. Where do you usually find the notice?
3. Who is the notice addressed to?
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat
4. Where would you find fragile items?
memberikan soal berikut.
5. “... they are considered sold.”
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru dan What does ‘they’ refer to?
sekaligus jawaban:
Jawaban:
1. Load the paper well before printing.
1. It means if we break any of the items, we have to pay for it.
2. You should not smoke in this area.
2. In a department store.
3. Set to “Warm” to iron the clothes.
3. To shoppers.
4. Take off your shoes when you enter the audio-visual
4. In the glass section.
laboratory.
5. It refers to the glass items.
5. We should not utilize any motor vehicles because it is
a car-free day.

B. Listen and complete the sentences based on what

you have heard.
Kalimat-kalimat yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru
dan jawaban: A. Arrange the words in the correct order
1. Do not walk on the grass. Use the pathways. to form meaningful notices.
2. Use the phone for official matters, NOT for personal
business. Contoh jawaban:
3. Check your change before you leave the cashier. 1. Fasten your seat belt and sit upright.
4. Make sure you have written the destination address correctly. 2. Turn off lamps during the day.
5. Unplug the cable before you fix the computer. 3. Do not make phone calls during the flight.
4. Unplug the charger cable from the socket if you aren’t using
the appliance.
5. Wear a mask and a pair of gloves whenever doing
an experiment.

Explain the meanings of the notices in Task B with your

own words.
Jawaban:
1. We should not step on the grass. Walk on the pathways.
2. The phone is for official use, not use the phone for Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat
personal calls. memberikan soal berikut.
3. We should make sure to check change before we leave 1. you–before–check–your–out–luggage–check
the cashier. 2. silent–switch–to–your–mode–mobile phone
4. We should write the recipient’s address correctly. 3. traffic–turns–until–light–the–green–wait
5. We should disconnect the cable from the socket before 4. room–do–in–not–air–conditioned–an–smoke
fixing or repairing a computer. 5. throwing–into–water–the–diapers–avoid–closet

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 59

 6. you–two–only–the–take–room–items–to–may–fitting
7. riding–please–your–turn–lights–on–when–head
8. the–quiet–because–is–exam–be–progres –in
9. you–locked–sure–bicycle–have–your–make
A. Read the directions for use below.
10. keeping–beware–carefully–your–pickpockets–by–of–
Then, answer the questions that follow.
money
Jawaban: Jawaban:
1. Check your luggage before you check out. 1. Screen guard.
2. Switch your mobile phone to silent mode. 2. A microfiber.
3. Wait until the traffic light turns green. 3. Yes. From the phrase “using a microfiber included”.
4. Do not smoke in an air-conditioned room. 4. Align the exposed section of the screen guard with the
5. Avoid throwing diapers into the water closet. edges of the screen.
6. You may take only two items to the fitting room. 5. Peel off the mask with the provided sticker.
7. Please turn on your head lights when riding.
8. Be quiet because the exam is in progress.
9. Make sure you have locked your bicycle.
10. Beware of pickpockets by keeping your money carefully.

Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat

B. Create notices based on the situations below. memberikan soal berikut.
Then, present them to your friends. Text 1
Contoh jawaban:
1. Tear the perforation.
1. Carry your vehicle license whenever you ride a motorcycle.
2. Pull the tissue lining firmly/gently.
2. Turn off the computer after you finish using it.
3. You are not allowed to consume food and drinks inside the
Text 2
library.
1. Take 20 ml of Cool Mint Fresher.
2. Gargle for about 30 seconds after brushing your teeth.

Text 3

Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat
memberikan soal berikut.
1. Your little brother just washed his hands. You notice the
water is still running. What will you say to him?
2. You and your friend are watching a movie in a movie
theater. Your friend is answering a phone call under
breath. What will say to him/her?
3. Your family is visiting a zoo. Your sister gives the animals
food, whereas visitors may not feed the animals. What
1. Make sure that all surfaces to be painted are clean,
dry and free from oil, rust, dirt, etc.
2. Shake the container well to allow the paint to mix
evenly.
3. Hold the container from a distance and spray onto
the surface. Several thin coats to achieve an optimum
result. Allow each coat to dry for 5 minutes, at least.
Adopted from: Diton Spray Paint (Acrylic Lacquer Paint)

will you say to her? Questions:

Contoh jawaban: 1. What kind of product is the direction of Text 1 for?
1. Use water wisely. Turn the tap off if you do not need 2. What is the synonym of the word ‘perforation’?
water anymore. 3. What kind of product is the direction of Text 2 for?
2. You are not allowed to take/answer phone calls here as 4. What should we do before using the product?
it will disturb the audience. 5. For how long should we gargle the product?
3. Do not feed the animals. 6. According to Text 3, what should we do, before painting
an item?
7. Why should we shake the container before using it?
C. Create three notices that you know. 8. Why should we apply several thin coats to the surface
Tell your classmates about the notices. painted?
9. How long should we leave a coat to dry?
Contoh jawaban: 10. “... than one thick coat.”
1. Leave your bag and jacket on the storage counter before What is ‘coat’ here synonymous to?
entering the supermarket.
2. Take off your shoes and put them in the shoe racks Jawaban:
available before entering the room. 1. Tissue.
3. Do not take any pictures or touch the articles on display in 2. It is ‘holes’.
a museum. 3. Mouthwash.
4. We should brush our teeth.
5. For 30 seconds.
6. Clean it from oil, rust, dirt, etc.
7. To allow the paint to mix evenly.
8. To achieve an optimum result.
9. For 5 minutes at least.
10. It is ‘layer’.

60 Procedures
 B. Find the meanings of the following words. Jawaban:
Jawaban: Task A
1. menghindari 2. peralatan makan 1. melepaskan, menghilangkan
3. mencelupkan 4. berbuih/berbusa 2. luka
5. memijat 6. telapak tangan 3. jarak
7. menuangkan 8. meremas-remas 4. semir
9. mengaduk 10. sendok teh 5. penangkal infeksi
6. mengocok
C. Complete the texts with the correct forms of the 7. permukaan
words in Task B. 8. membersihkan, mengelap
Task B
1. Shake 2. distance 3. surface
4. wipe 5. Remove 6. polish
1. Bapak/Ibu Guru me-review arti kata-kata yang terdapat 7. wound 8. antiseptic
di latihan sebelumnya (Task B).
2. Peserta didik diminta membaca dan memahami teks-teks
rumpang yang ada di buku. Setelah itu, mereka diminta
melengkapi teks-teks tersebut dengan kata-kata yang
terdapat di Task B dengan benar.
3. Setelah selesai, peserta didik membacakan jawabannya.
Peserta didik yang lain menyimak dan menyampaikan
A. Write any possible directions for use
jawabannya apabila berbeda dengan jawaban temannya,
of the following things.
lalu bersama-sama dengan Bapak/Ibu Guru membahas
jawabannya. Contoh jawaban:
4. Bapak/Ibu Guru meminta peserta didik membaca nyaring 1. Wash the hair before use. Dispense onto hand and apply to
teks-teks tersebut yang sudah lengkap dengan lafal, the hair. Massage the scalp gently.
tekanan, dan intonasi yang benar. 2. Squeeze the bottle gently, to drop the rinse into your
irritated eye.
Jawaban: 3. Spray onto the body from a distance of 15 cm.
1. teaspoon 2. Dip 3. foamy 4. Pour 30 ml of softener into 10 L of water. Soak the clothes
4. cutlery 5. palm 6. squeeze for about 15 minutes.
7. massage 8. avoid 5. Shake well with cap on before use. Remove cap. Gently
press tip to paper and lightly squeeze bottle.

B. Find three products and write their

directions for use with your own words.
Contoh jawaban:
A. Find the meanings of the following words.
1. Remove the film before its use and clean the glass with
1. to remove = ________________________ a soft tissue. (A helmet)
2. wound = ________________________ 2. Smear the balm around the aching parts of the body and
3. distance = ________________________ massage lightly. (A balm)
4. polish = ________________________ 3. Dispense onto hands and spread over the hands. (A hand
5. antiseptic = ________________________ cleanser)
6. to shake = ________________________
7. surface = ________________________
8. to wipe = ________________________

B. Complete the texts with the correct forms of the

words in Task A.
Text 1

(1) ____________ the cleanser. Keep it at

a (2) ____________ of 20 cm from the screen of the
computer. Spray the cleanser onto the (3) ____________
of a soft cloth and then clean the screen with a wet cloth.

Text 2

Brush or (4) ____________ shoes before applying

Better Shine. (5) ____________ the cap and apply the
(6) ____________ smoothly on the shoes. Recap the
bottle after using.

Text 3

Clean the (7) ____________ carefully. Drop the

(8) ____________ directly onto the wound, or use
a cotton bud.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 61

Tape Script for Assessment

This dialog is for question 1.

Woman : Can you tell me how to get to the nearest bank?
Man : Sure. Walk two blocks down Jalan Mataram and turn I. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
left. You’ll see Mega Supermarket and the police
station. The bank is next to the police station. Jawaban:
Woman : I get it. Thank you. 1. B 2. D 3. C 4. B 5. D
6. D 7. B 8. A 9. E 10. C
Question: 11. B 12. D 13. B 14. C 15. C
1. Where is the man going to? 16. C 17. A 18. E 19. D 20. D

This dialog is for question 2. II. Write a procedural text.

Girl : You look so happy.
Boy : Oh. This is the best day of my life.
Girl : Why?
Boy : You know Risma, the prettiest girl in our school? She
asked me to accompany her to a night fair.
Girl : Wow, terrific! I’m happy for you.
Boy : Thanks, Dara.
Question:
2. What is the boy going to do tonight?
This monolog is for questions 3 to 5.
Do you want to make your own scrub? To make it, you need
¾ cup honey, 1 cup caster sugar, 1 cup sea salt, 3 ml jojoba oil
and 3 ml fragrance oil.
First, pour the honey into a medium sized bowl, then add
the sugar and stir to combine. Add the salt in instralments,
to adjust the consistency to your liking. When all the ingredients
been blended, add the oils and stir well. This recipe is
particularly long lasting, as the lack of water discourages
bacteria.
Adapted from: http://www.teachsoap.com/recipes.html (March 2, 2015)
Questions:
3. What is the monolog about?
4. How much honey do we need to make the scrub?
5. What should we do after all the ingredients have blended?
Mind the structure of the text.
Contoh jawaban:
How to Make a Bed
These steps are for the traditional blanket and bedspread.
If you use a comforter or thick quilt, you can simply place it on
top of the sheets without tucking it in. Pillows go on top.
Steps:
1. Put the bottom sheet on the mattress. If it is a fitted sheet,
it will have sewn-in corners and you can fit it snugly over the
mattress. If it’s a flat sheet, follow step 2 to make hospital
corners.
2. Lay the top sheet on the mattress so there’s enough to tuck
under the mattress on all four sides. Tuck the sheet snugly
under the mattress at the foot and head of the bed. Tuck the
corners under the mattress on the long sides, making sure
that the folds are flat. Tuck in the sides, pulling the sheet
taut.
3. Place the top sheet over the fitted or bottom sheet and
again make hospital corners, but this time only at the foot of
the bed.
4. Add blankets, repeating step 3.
5. Fold the top sheet back over the blankets at the head of the
bed, pulling the sheet back about half a foot, and tuck under
the side flaps.
6. Slip pillowcases over the pillows.
7. Place the pillows on top of the blanket and sheets at the
head of the bed. Lay them flat, or prop them up against the
headboard or wall.
8. Place the bedspread, quilt or comforter on the bed.
9. If you have a bedspread or thin quilt, fold the top of the
spread down, lay the pillows on top, then fold the spread
back over them, leaving part of the spread tucked under the
pillows.
10. Place any remaining decorator pillows over the bed covering.
Adopted from: http://www.ehow.com/how_1987_make-bed.html (March 2, 2015)

62 Procedures
Tape Script for Review Unit III Version A This monolog is for questions 4 and 5.
Listen, everyone. I’d like to show you how to make
This dialog is for question 1. a volcano. Firstly, collect some small wooden sticks and some
Man : Please tell me about your problem. dry paper. Secondly, make a cone of about 30 cm tall with the
Woman : I think a fish bone is hooked in my throat, Sir. It’s sticks and paper. Then, put humid sand and soil around the cone
really painful. to make up a little mountain. Now, dig a tunnel at the base of the
Man : Well, let me check it. Please open your mouth wide. mountain until you reach the sticks. Light the paper and you
Yeah, ... like that. Now, stick out your tongue. Say will see the volcano emit smoke and some flame. Is it like
“Aah ...!” a volcano?
Adopted from: http://www.funsci.com/fun3_en/exper1/exper1.htm (March 2, 2015)
Woman : Aaah ...!!
Questions:
Question:
4. How tall will the volcano be?
1. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
5. Where do the smoke and flame come from?
This dialog is for question 2.
Boy : What’s wrong with you? You look unhappy today.
Girl : Someone stole my wallet when I was on a bus.
Boy : Oh, I’m so sorry to hear that.
Question:
2. What does the boy express?

This dialog is for question 3.

Girl : Hi, Toni, nice to meet you again after your long holiday.
Boy : Hello, Mirna, nice to meet you too.
Girl : Anyway, where did you go on holiday?
Boy : Well, I went to Bali. It’s a wonderful place with beautiful
beaches and sceneries.
Girl : Wow, It sounds great!
Question:
3. What did the boy go last holiday?

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 63

 Review Unit III RAHASIA

Version A
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris Semester : 1 (satu)
Kelas : X Tanggal : ....

Nama Nomor Induk

Kelas Tanda Tangan

This text is for questions 8 and 9.

I. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
BLOSSOM Car Fresh
A. Listening Section Aromatherapy perfume
1. A. At an office. Directions for use:
B. At the dentist’s room. 1. Cut the plastic pouch of BLOSSOM Car Fresh as
C. At the surgical room. directed.
D. At the woman’s house. 2. Hang it on your AC or other places in your car,
E. At the doctor’s room. especially places with air flow.
3. Can be used as a refill. If there is a plastic holder inside
2. A. His happiness.
the container, remove it before refilling it.
B. His sympathy.
C. His gratitude.
8. How should we place the product?
D. His compliment.
A. By hanging it. B. By burying it.
E. His condolences.
C. By folding it. D. By grinding it.
3. A. He spent the holiday in Bali. E. By hiding it.
B. He stayed at home with his family.
9. “... remove it before refilling it.” (Last sentence)
C. He visited his uncle’s family.
What does ‘it’ refer to?
D. He went to his friend house.
A. The Blossom car fresh.
E. He went nowhere.
B. The plastic pouch.
4. A. 13 cm. C. The product container.
B. 30 cm. D. A plastic holder.
C. 3 m. E. The car.
D. 13 m.
E. 30 m. This text is for questions 10 to 13.
If you have any objects made of silver or plated with silver,
5. A. A soil.
you know that the bright, shiny surface of silver gradually darkens
B. A match.
and becomes less shiny. This happens because silver undergoes
C. The volcano.
a chemical reaction with sulfur-containing substances in the air.
D. Burning sand.
You can use chemistry to reverse the tarnishing reaction and
E. Burning paper.
make the silver shiny again.
This is the end of the listening section. You will need:
● a tarnished piece of silver
B. Reading Section ● a pan or dish large enough to completely immerse the silver in
● aluminum foil to cover the bottom of the pan enough water
This text is for questions 6 and 7. to fill the pan
Listen, you should wear your crash helmet when you ride ● a vessel in which to heat the water
your motorcycle. Always fasten the belt, under the chin, so that it ● hot pads or kitchen mitts with which to handle the heated
is tight. water vessel
6. Who should pay more attention to the notice? ● baking soda, about 1 cup per gallon of water
A. Labors. B. Drivers. What to do:
C. Plumbers. D. Mechanics. 1. Line the bottom of the pan with aluminum foil. Set the silver
E. Motorcyclists. object on top of the aluminum foil. Make sure the silver
touches the aluminum.
7. What can we conclude from the text? 2. Heat the water to boiling. Remove it from the heat and place
A. People should not fasten the belt very tightly. it in a sink. Add to the hot water, about one cup of baking
B. People should always fasten the belt of the helmet they soda for each gallon of water. (If you need only half a gallon
wear. of water, use half a cup of baking soda.) The mixture will
C. People should take their helmet wherever they go. froth a bit and may spill over; this is why you put it in the
D. People should treat the safety equipment well. sink.
E. People should always obey the safety rules.

64 Procedures
3. Pour the hot baking soda and water mixture into the pan What to do:
and completely cover the silver. 1. Blow up the balloons.
4. Almost immediately, the tarnish will begin to disappear. 2. Turn off the lights in a room at night and get it as dark as
If the silver is only lightly tarnished, possible.
all of the tarnish will disappear within several minutes. If the 3. Rub the balloon rapidly against a piece of wool or wool
silver is badly tarnished, you may need to reheat the baking sweater several times. This will give the balloon a negative
soda and water mixture, and give the silver several charge as electrons jump from the wool to the balloon.
treatments to remove all of the tarnish. When rubbing the wool against the balloon we are creating
Adopted from: http://www.scifun.org/homeexpts/tarnish.html (March 2, 2015) static electricity and saving it up in the balloon.
10. What is the text about? 4. Move the balloon close to something metal like a filing
A. How to keep objects made of silver. cabinet or a door knob.
B. How to make objects made of silver shiny again. 5. Watch for a flash or spark that jumps from the balloon to the
C. How to shape silver into many shapes easily. metal object just like lighting.
D. How to prevent silver from darkening. Please note: The humidity in the air can affect static electricity.
E. How to obtain silver with good quality. If the air is damp, such as
during the winter, then this experiment may not work.
11. What causes objects made of silver become dark? Adopted from: http://weirdsciencekids.com/MakeLightning.html (March 2, 2015)
A. A moist weather and hot temperature. 16. Why is the experiment carried out?
B. A chemical reaction with acid-containing substances. A. To explore the advantages of static electricity.
C. A reaction between sulfur and hydrogen in the air. B. To study static electricity and the cause of lightning.
D. Improper treatment of the objects made of silver. C. To explain how a bolt of lightning is created.
E. A chemical reaction with sulfur-containing substances D. To learn about the relationship between electrons and
in the air. positive and negative charges.
12. How much water do you need to be mixed with one and half E. To explain where and when we can see lightning.
cup of baking soda? 17. What kind of room do we need to do the experiment?
A. A half gallon. A. A dark room. B. A large room.
B. One gallon. C. A bright room. D. A small room.
C. One and half gallons. E. A narrow room.
D. Two gallons.
E. Two and half gallons. 18. When is the best time to do the experiment?
A. In the morning.
13. What should you do after the water boils? B. At noon.
A. Add about one cup of baking soda for each gallon of C. In the afternoon.
water. D. In the evening.
B. Completely cover the silver with the aluminum foil. E. On a bright day.
C. Set the silver object on top of the aluminum foil.
D. Remove it from the heat and place it in a sink. 19. Why should we not do the experiment in the winter?
E. Pour the water into the pan. A. Because the temperature is very low.
B. Because the cold weather is very good to do the
For questions 14 and 15, choose the correct words to experiment.
complete the dialog. C. Because it needs a lot of sunlight to carry out the
Rita : Are you free this Saturday evening? experiment.
Dito : I guess so. D. Because the experiment is influenced by the rain or
Rita : I’d like to invite you to my house-warming party. snow which may fall.
(14) ________ you come? E. Because the air is humid during the season which can
Dito : Sure, I love to party. Just tell me what time the party starts. affect static electricity.
Rita : It (15) ________ start at 7 p.m. 20. What is the purpose of the text?
Dito : O.K., I’ll be there on time. Thanks for inviting me, Rita. A. To entertain the readers.
Rita : You’re welcome. B. To explain how something happens.
14. A. May B. Must C. To describe something in general.
C. Do D. Should D. To show how to do something orderly.
E. Could E. To describe a particular object.

15. A. can B. will II. Write an interesting experiment that you know.
C. could D. must Share your work with the class.
E. should

This text is for questions 16 to 20.

In this science experiment we will make a miniature bolt of
lightning using a balloon, piece of wool and metal. We will
explore static electricity and what causes lightning. We will learn
about electrons, atoms, positive and negative charges.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 65

Kunci Review Unit III Version A Tape Script for Review Unit III Version B
I. Pilihan Ganda
This dialog is for question 1.
1. E 11. E Man : Hand me a wrench, please. I want to put on this tire.
2. B 12. C Woman : Sure. Here it is.
3. A 13. D Question:
4. B 14. E 1. What is the man doing?
5. E 15. B
This dialog is for questions 2 and 3.
6. E 16. B Girl : Rico, what are you going to do with my computer?
7. B 17. A Boy : I want to play games. May I?
8. A 18. D Girl : O.K. But, don’t take too long. I need it to work on my paper.
Boy : Is an hour fine?
9. D 19. E
Girl : All right. Just one hour.
10. B 20. D Boy : Deal. Thank you.

II. Esai Questions:

2. How long may the boy use the computer to play games?
Contoh jawaban:
3. Why does the girl need the computer for?
Pictures from Light
With a lens, you can bend light to make pictures of the world. This monolog is for questions 4 and 5.
Materials/Equipment: Hi, friends I am sure you often use bowls. Now, you can
● A lens—like the one in a magnifying glass or one from make one yourself from fruits. We name it a tropical fruit bowl.
a disposable camera You need a newspaper, an old bowl, glue and a brush, cooking
● A room that you can make very dark oil and different colored paint to do this activity.
● A light source—like a TV set or a brightly lit window Now, here is how to make it. First, make rough fruit shapes
● A sheet of white paper from scrunched-up newspaper. Water down the glue and paste
five layers of newspaper over the shapes. Leave them in a warm
Steps: airy spot to dry. Then, brush the outside of the bowl with the oil.
1. Look through your lens at words or at your fingertip. Finished? Now, glue six layers of newspaper strips to the bowl to
Do things look bigger through your lens? If they do, your make a strong mold. Let this dry overnight.
lens is a magnifying lens. It will work for this experiment. Once the fruit shapes are dry, paint them in realistic colors.
2. Go into a room that has just one source of light. On a sunny Separate your dried newspaper mold from the old bowl. Are you
day, a window works just fine. (Turn off any electric lights in done? Okay. Decorate the mold in bright tropical colors. When
the room.) At night, you can turn on your TV set and use it the paint is dry, add your fruit shapes. See, your bowl is nice,
as a light source. isn’t it?
(You’re going to use your lens to make a picture of the Adapted from: S. Hewitt, S. Parker, P. Riley, P. Steele, J. Walker, Explore and Learn: The
light source. So you want a light source that will make Natural World, Nashville, The Southwestern Company, 2000.
an interesting picture. A picture of an ordinary light bulb is
Questions:
just a round spot, which is pretty boring.)
4. What material is NOT used to make a tropical fruit bowl?
3. Stand a few feet away from your light source. Hold your lens
5. When should we paste five layers of newspaper over the
up so light can shine through it. Hold the sheet of paper on
fruit shapes?
the other side of the lens so light shines through the lens
and onto the paper.
(The paper is your screen-like the screen in a movie theater.
The paper screen will reflect a picture made of light so you
can see it.)
4. Start with the lens up close to the paper, and slowly move it
away from the paper and toward the light source. Watch the
pattern of light on the paper. When the lens is the right
distance from the paper, you’ll see a picture of the light
source. The picture will be upside down and backward.
5. If you don’t see a picture right away, keep trying. Try
standing closer to the light source or try moving the lens
farther from the paper. It may take some experimenting, but
sooner or later you’ll get a picture.
Adopted from: http://www.exploratorium.edu/science_explorer/pictures_from_light.html
(March 2, 2015)

66 Procedures
 Review Unit III RAHASIA

Version B
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris Semester : 1 (satu)
Kelas : X Tanggal : ....

Nama Nomor Induk

Kelas Tanda Tangan

This text is for questions 8 and 9.

I. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
Endless Shower Gel
A. Listening Section
A body wash, rich in lather, which leaves the skin soft and
1. A. He is buying a tire.
clean.
B. He is putting on a tire.
C. He is collecting tires. Instructions:
D. He is making a wire connection. 1. Use Endless Shower Gel during a warm shower or bath.
E. He is fixing the wire connection. 2. Massage the rich lather of Endless Shower Gel onto
your skin for 2–3 minutes and then rinse with water.
2. A. A half hour.
B. An hour. Available in 150ml and 360ml.
C. One and half hours. Ref No.: BB03020D
D. Two hours.
Adopted from: http://www.veniece.com/products.php?cat=1 (April 12, 2014)
E. Less than two hours.
8. What is the text about?
3. A. For playing games.
A. The information of shower gel’s benefit.
B. For playing music.
B. The composition of shower gel.
C. For working on her paper.
C. The instructions on how to get skin soft and clean.
D. For browsing the Internet.
D. The directions on how to use shower gel.
E. For playing a movie CD.
E. The description of shower gel.
4. A. A newspaper.
9. When should we use the product?
B. A brush.
A. After taking shower or bathing.
C. Paintings.
B. Before taking shower or bathing.
D. Cooking oil.
C. After and before swimming.
E. An old bowl.
D. During taking shower or bathing.
5. A. After we make rough fruit shapes. E. Before eating something.
B. After we water down the glue.
This text is for questions 10 to 12.
C. After we leave them in a warm airy spot.
● Always take off your jewelry before doing housework.
D. Before we make rough fruit shapes.
Detergents and cleaning powders fade the shine of jewelry.
E. When the glue dries.
● Put jewelry on last when dressing. Perfumes and hairsprays
can tarnish them.
This is the end of the listening section.
● Don’t swim when wearing any gold–you might lose it. Also,
chlorine and salt water can have a corrosive effect on gold.
B. Reading Section
● Clean it regularly. Soak in warm soapy water and gently
This text is for questions 6 and 7. brush with a toothbrush. Rinse in clean water and dry with
a soft, clean cloth.
Switch off all electronic appliances ● To prevent scratching, keep gold separately in a jewel box.
when not in use
10. What is the topic of the text?
A. A guide to buying jewelry.
6. What is the purpose of the text?
B. What to look for when buying jewelry.
A. To order.
C. Jewelry gets dull easily.
B. To warn.
D. How to take care of jewelry.
C. To inform.
E. Jewelry should not be worn when doing housework.
D. To advice.
E. To inform. 11. Which of the following can tarnish your jewelry?
A. Hairsprays and chlorine.
7. “Switch off all electronic appliances ....”
B. Hairsprays and perfumes.
What is ‘switch off’ synonymous to?
C. Cleaning powders and perfumes.
A. Turn on. B. Turn out.
D. Detergents and cleaning powders.
C. Turn off. D. Take off.
E. Salt water and warm soapy water.
E. Put on.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 67

12. “Detergents and cleaning powders can make it dull.” Now that you have your sticker design on paper, its time to
The underlined word refers to ________. cut it out. For this part, just cut out the picture in a square. You
A. jewelry should not cut any curved lines because it will be really be
B. cleaning powder annoying for the next step. Obviously if the picture takes up the
C. housework entire page, you do not need to cut anything out.
D. detergent Then, laminate your sticker to give it a glossy finish and make
E. a toothbrush it waterproof. This step is extremely important because it will
change your drawing from a weird label into a sticker. The way you
For questions 13 to 15, choose the correct words to do this is you take your sticker and put it on a flat surface and
complete the text. carefully put a piece of clear packing tape over it. If on your first
Homemade Soap Crayons Recipe time you get creases in it, don’t get discouraged; it takes practice
to get the tape on just right.
What you need:
Now you are ready to cut out your sticker into its final shape.
● ice cube tray
If you want to, obviously you can leave it a square. It usually
● liquid food color
looks nicer, however if you decide to cut it out as shown.
● 2 tbsp. hot water for each crayon
Now is the fun part. Stick your stickers wherever you want!
● 1 c. soap flakes
Here I have some of my better ones. Stuck in my sketch book.
● a small bowl
You can put them up in public places (check legality). A lot of
● a spoon
graffiti artists make stickers and put them up too. Make Stickers
How to make: for special occasions. Give them to your friends. And most of all:
1. For each color, put two tablespoons of hot water and one ENJOY!
cup of soap flakes into a bowl. Now you are ready to cut out your sticker into its final shape.
2. Add as many (13) ________ of food color to the mixture as If you want to, obviously you can leave it a square. It usually
you wish. looks nicer, however if you decide to cut it out as shown.
3. Stir the soap mixture until it (14) ________. This takes time, Adapted from: http://www.instructables.com/id/Make-Your-Own-Stickers (April 20, 2014)
so be patient!
17. What is the purpose of the text?
4. Press spoonfuls of the first color of soap into the sections of
A. To describe something.
the ice tray.
B. To tell us past experiences.
5. Mix enough soap in the other colors to fill the ice tray,
C. To entertain the readers.
following the above directions again.
D. To describe how to do something step-by-step.
6. Let the soap crayons dry for one or two days.
E. To inform the readers about the events of the day.
7. Gently bang the ice tray to (15) ________ the crayons.
8. Pack them in a box for gift-giving. 18. What is the hardest part of making a sticker according to the
Adopted from: http://www.learnhowtomakeit.com soap_crayons.html (April 12, 2014) text?
13. A. pieces B. cups A. Drawing the sticker design on the label paper.
C. drops D. sachets B. Cutting the sticker design.
E. glasses C. Laminating the sticker.
D. Sticking the sticker.
14. A. evaporates B. disappears E. Cutting the sticker.
C. melts D. breaks
E. thickens 19. Why is laminating important?
A. To make the sticker more natural.
15. A. loosen B. harden B. To give the sticker a glossy finish.
C. soften D. pack C. To prevent the sticker from dirt.
E. mix D. To make the sticker thicker.
E. To make the sticker neater.
16. Vika : What happened to Sandra?
Ari : She should clean the toilet ________ she arrived 20. “... it will change your drawing from a weird label into a sticker.”
late. (Paragraph 4)
Vika : I see. What does ‘weird’ mean?
The correct conjunction to complete the sentence is ________. A. Dry.
A. when B. after B. Loose.
C. before D. therefore C. Peculiar.
E. because D. Natural.
E. Conventional.
This text is for questions 17 to 20.
Make Your Own Stickers II. Write a procedural text about your favorite dish.
Do you ever have something you want to decorate with
stickers? You can design your own stickers and have them ready
for sticking on in minutes.
Your first step is to come up with an idea. Once you have
a cool idea for a sticker, take a pen or marker (or anything else
for that matter) and draw your design on the label paper. This is
the hardest step.

68 Procedures
Kunci Review Unit III Version B What to do:
1. In a large mixing bowl, beat the butter and peanut butter on
I. Pilihan Ganda high speed for 30 seconds. Add the sugar, brown sugar,
1. B 11. B baking soda and baking powder. Mix until blended, scraping
the sides of the bowl occasionally. Beat in the egg and
2. B 12. A vanilla until combined. Beat in as much of the flour as you
3. C 13. C can with the mixer.
4. C 14. E 2. Cover and chill dough until easy to handle, approximately
1 hour.
5. B 15. A
3. Shape dough into 1 inch balls. Roll balls in granulated
6. A 16. E sugar and place balls 2 inches apart on an ungreased
7. C 17. D cookie sheet.
8. D 18. A 4. Flatten the dough balls by using a fork to make a criss-cross
pattern on the cookies.
9. D 19. B 5. Bake in a 375 degree heated oven for 7 to 9 minutes or until
10. D 20. C bottoms are light brown.
6. Cool cookies on a wire rack. Then, enjoy the cookies.
II. Esai Adopted from: http://www.popularcookierecipes.com/PeanutButter.html (March 2, 2015)
Contoh jawaban:
Peanut Butter Cookie Recipe
Ingredients:
● ½ cup butter, softened
● ½ cup peanut butter
● ½ cup sugar
● ½ cup packed brown sugar
● ½ teaspoon baking soda
● ½ teaspoon baking powder
● 1 large egg
● ½ teaspoon vanilla
● 1¼ cups all purpose flour
● granulated sugar

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 69

 You often make an appointment and sometimes you have to cancel an appointment.
What would you say? In another case, your friend looks very sad because he got a bad mark.
At the end of this unit you What would you say to show sympathy?
will be able to: You will learn those expressions in this unit. Read and practice all the dialogs, to
1. make, accept and cancel improve your speaking skills.
an appointment,
2. show sympathy,
3. present spoken
announcements,
4. relate past events using
spoken English,
5. write letters,
6. write recount texts, and
7. use in order to, so that
and temporal
conjunctions correctly.

70 Recounts
 Dialog 3
1. She’s Raymond’s cousin.
4.1 Expressions 2. A nice cotton T-shirt.
3. Because it’s too small for him.
4. By saying, “It’s too bad it’s too small for you.”

Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat

memberikan latihan berikut.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan oleh Bapak/

Ibu Guru:
A. Listen and answer the questions based on what you Dialog 1
have heard. Boy : Have you received an invitation from Justin?
Percakapan-percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/ Girl : Yes, I have.
Ibu Guru: Boy : Who will go with you then?
Girl : I don’t know, I haven’t decided yet.
Dialog 1
Boy : What if we go there together? I’ll pick you up at
Rose called Bill her neighbor one afternoon.
4 p.m.
Rose : Hi, Bill. Are you free right now?
Girl : It sounds alright with me.
Bill : Hi, Rose. Sorry, I’m not. I’m having lunch. What’s up?
Boy : Great!
Rose : Can you come to my house after you finish your lunch?
It’s urgent. Dialog 2
Bill : Okay, I’ll be at your house right after lunch. By the way, Boy : You have to listen to this.
what’s the problem? Girl : What is it?
Rose : I saw a snake crawling into the house. I need you to Boy : I had a bad experience today. My teacher was
chase it away. My parents are out at the moment. angry with me because I received a bad mark.
Bill : Okay, just wait. Don’t do anything stupid. I also lost my wallet on the way home.
Girl : How terrible! You must be very upset.
Dialog 2
Boy : Yeah, you’re right.
Maya meets Soni to cancel her promise.
Girl : Well, what if we have noodles or bakso? It may
Maya : Soni, I’m sorry. I can’t go to Titin’s house with you this
make you feel much better.
afternoon.
Boy : Good idea. Let’s go!
Soni : Why? You promised me you would.
Maya : I know, but I can’t go, sorry. I have to finish my
Dialog 1
assignment. Tomorrow is the due date.
1. Who invites the speakers?
Soni : What assignment?
2. Who will go with the girl?
Maya : Biology. You must have done it, mustn’t you?
3. What does the boy say when he wants to make
Soni : I have. So, should I go to Titin’s house alone?
an appointment?
Maya : I guess so.
4. The girl says, “It sounds alright with me.” What does it
Dialog 3 mean?
Raymond calls Hera, his cousin, to meet him. He will give her 5. What time will the boy pick the girl up?
something. Dialog 2
Hera : What’s this? 1. What is the conversation about?
Raymond : This is a T-shirt I bought yesterday. I want to give it 2. What’s wrong with him?
to you. 3. The girl says, “You must be very upset.” What does it
Hera : What do you mean? mean?
Raymond : Well, it’s too small for me and I think it will suit you. 4. What does the girl suggest they do?
Hera : This is a nice cotton T-shirt. It’s too bad it’s too small 5. Why does the girl suggest that?
for you. Didn’t you try it on yesterday?
Jawaban:
Raymond : No, I didn’t. So, will you accept it?
Dialog 1
Hera : Yes, sure. Thanks.
1. Justin.
Raymond : Don’t mention it.
2. She hasn’t decided yet.
Jawaban: 3. He says, “What if we go there together? I’ll pick you up at
Dialog 1 4 p.m.”
1. In the afternoon. 4. She accepts the appointment.
2. He was having lunch. 5. At 4 p.m.
3. She wanted Bill to come and chase away the snake that
Dialog 2
entered her house.
1. It’s about the boy’s bad experience/day.
Dialog 2 2. His teacher was angry with him because he received
1. Two friends. a bad mark and he lost his wallet on his way home.
2. To Titin’s house. 3. She expresses sympathy.
3. Because she has to finish her biology assignment. 4. To have noodles or bakso.
5. It may make the boy feel better.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 71

 B. Listen and choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct D. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task C.
answer.
Jawaban:
Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru: Dialog 1
This dialog is for questions 1 and 2. 1. Two friends, Listy and Eza.
Boy : I heard Melani is going to move to Bengkulu next Sunday. 2. To see Tika.
Is that true, Joan? 3. Because she has to pick her cousin up from the railway
Girl : I also heard that tea. station.
Boy : Let’s go to her house this afternoon. This is our last 4. For a few minutes.
chance to chat with her before she moves. 5. By saying, “It’s a pity.”
Girl : Let’s go. At four, is that okay with you?
Dialog 2
Boy : Yes. I’m free this afternoon. Well, let me pick you up at four.
1. Mr. Henardi, Mutiara’s father, and Mrs. Benson, Mutiara’s
Girl : Okay.
math tutor/instructor.
Jawaban: 2. In the morning.
1. D 2. B 3. They are talking about Mutiara’s condition.
Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru: 4. She’s a math teacher.
This dialog is for questions 3 to 5. 5. She expresses sympathy.
Girl : Ouch!
Boy : What’s the matter, Veny?
Girl : I slipped and fell.
Boy : Oh dear! Let me help you stand up.
Girl : Ow! I’m afraid I can’t stand up.
Boy : How terrible! Let me take you to the sick bay. I hope the A. Listen and complete the dialogs based on what you
teacher in charge can do something. have heard.
Girl : Thanks, Bim. I have troubled you.
Boy : Don’t say that. That’s what friends are for. Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan oleh Bapak/
Ibu Guru:
Jawaban:
3. E 4. A 5. C Dialog 1
Armand : Shely, did you (1) hear the news about Davis?
C. Listen and complete the dialogs based on what you Shely : No, I didn’t. What’s wrong with him?
have heard. Armand : I heard he (2) had an accident yesterday
afternoon.
Percakapan-percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/ Shely : (3) Poor boy! How did it happen?
Ibu Guru dan jawaban: Armand : I don’t know exactly how it happened.
Dialog 1 Shely : Was he seriously injured?
Listy : Hello, Eza. Armand : Definitely. He broke his left leg.
Eza : Hello, Listy. (1) I was just going to your house. Shely : (4) How awful!
Listy : I’m sorry, Eza. (2) I have to cancel our appointment to Armand : So, let’s visit him in the hospital after school.
see Tika today. I have something urgent. Shely : (5) Too bad. I can’t go with you. I have another
Eza : Er ... may I know what it is? appointment after school.
Listy : You know, I have to pick my cousin up from the railway Armand : What about this afternoon at four?
station. She’s been waiting for me for a few minutes and Shely : Yes, I can do it.
I don’t want to make her worried. Dialog 2
Eza : (3) It’s a pity, but, can we go after you drop her home? Man : Good afternoon, Modern Electronics. How may
Listy : (4) Is it okay if we see Tika tomorrow after school? I help you?
Eza : Yes, of course. I hope you won’t be busy tomorrow. Woman : Good afternoon. I’m calling to (1) make
Listy : I hope not. Well, Eza, I have to leave now. (5) See you a complaint.
tomorrow. Man : Please tell me your problem, Ma’am?
Eza : See you and take care. Woman : You know, I bought a microwave from your
Listy : Thanks. shop last week, but I can’t use it now.
Dialog 2 It appears the microwave (2) has burnt out.
Mrs. Benson : Good morning, Mr. Henardi. (1) How’s Mutiara? I phoned your shop to (3) repair it two days
Is she fine now? ago. The clerk promised to send a repairman,
Mr. Henardi : Good morning, Mrs. Benson. Yes, she’s getting but he hasn’t shown up. It’s really irritating.
better. (2) She started to eat rice. But she still Man : I’m very sorry for the inconvenience. I will ask
has to walk very slowly. the repairman to go to your house immediately.
Mrs. Benson : (3) Oh, poor her. I hope she’ll be fine very soon, so Woman : O.K. (4) Can you make it tomorrow morning?
she can go to school and play with her friends. I’ll be going out this afternoon.
Mr. Henardi : (4) Thank you, Mrs. Benson, and I hope she’ll Man : No problem, Ma’am. So, tomorrow morning at
be able to join your math course. 8 o’clock. (5) What do you think?
Mrs. Benson : (5) I hope so. Well, Mr. Henardi, I have to leave Woman : All right. I’ll be waiting.
now, bye.
Mr. Henardi : Bye, Mrs. Benson.

72 Recounts
Soal-soal yang dikerjakan oleh peserta didik: Dialog 2
Dialog 1 1. A customer and a clerk from an electronic store.
Armand : Shely, did you (1) ________________ about 2. She wants to make a complaint.
Davis? 3. She is irritated.
Shely : No, I didn’t. What’s wrong with him? 4. She wants to make an appointment.
Armand : I heard he (2) ________________ yesterday 5. He will send a repairman to the woman’s house at 8 a.m.
afternoon.
Shely : (3) ________________! How did it happen?
Armand : I don’t know exactly how it happened.
Shely : Was he seriously injured?
Armand : Definitely. He broke his left leg.
Shely : (4) ________________!
Armand : So, let’s visit him in the hospital after school. A. Practice the following dialogs with a friend.
Shely : (5) ________________. I can’t go with you.
I have another appointment after school.
Armand : What about this afternoon at four?
Shely : Yes, I can do it. 1. Per tama-tama, peser ta didik diminta membaca
percakapan secara pelan-pelan dan memahami isinya.
Dialog 2 2. Selanjutnya, kelas dibagi menjadi dua kelompok. Setiap
Man : Good afternoon, Modern Electronics. How may kelompok memerankan satu tokoh. Kegiatan ini dilakukan
I help you? secara bergantian.
Woman : Good afternoon. I’m calling to (1) ____________. 3. Setelah itu, Bapak/Ibu Guru memotivasi peserta didik agar
Man : Please tell me your problem, Ma’am? berani tunjuk jari dan ke depan kelas untuk memerankan
Woman : You know, I bought a microwave from your shop salah satu tokoh dalam percakapan. Peserta didik yang
last week, but I can’t use it now. It appears the lain menyimak dan berani menyampaikan kelebihan
microwave (2) ________________. I phoned your pasangan yang telah bermain peran, serta memberi
shop to (3) ________________ two days ago. The masukan atas kekurangan mereka agar dapat diperbaiki
clerk promised to send a repairman, but he hasn’t pada kesempatan berikutnya.
shown up. It’s really irritating. 4. Bapak/Ibu Guru juga dapat memberikan balikan dan nilai,
Man : I’m very sorry for the inconvenience. I will ask the misalnya tentang keberanian peserta didik, pelafalan,
repairman to go to your house immediately. intonasi, dan mimik wajah.
Woman : O.K. (4) ________________ tomorrow morning?
I’ll be going out this afternoon.
Man : No problem, Ma’am. So, tomorrow morning at B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.
8 o’clock. (5) ________________? Jawaban:
Woman : All right. I’ll be waiting. Dialog 1
B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A. 1. They communicate by phone.
2. They will meet at Ms. Rukni’s food stall.
Dialog 1 3. Because it is complicated.
1. Who are the speakers talking about? 4. They will meet at 4 p.m.
2. What happened to him? 5. It is “Let’s meet at Ms. Rukni’s food stall at 4 p.m.”
3. How was his condition?
4. When will the speakers visit him in the hospital? Dialog 2
5. Shely says, “Poor boy!” What does she express? 1. They are uncle and niece.
Dialog 2 2. He cancels his appointment.
1. Who are talking in the dialog? 3. He has to go to Banjarmasin.
2. Why does the woman call? 4. She feels alright.
3. What is the woman’s feeling at the moment? 5. She will go to school by bicycle.
4. The woman says, “Can you make it tomorrow morning?” Dialog 3
What does it mean? 1. The dialog takes place at school. From Dinda’s sentence,
5. What will the man do tomorrow morning? “Let’s go to the medical room.”
Jawaban: 2. His cheek is bruised.
Task A 3. He bumped it at the edge of a table at home yesterday.
Dialog 1 4. They are “Oh no! I know how it feels.” and “Let’s go to the
1. hear the news 2. had an accident medical room.”.
3. Poor boy 4. How awful 5. It refers to Kaka’ bruised cheek.
5. Too bad
Dialog 2
1. make a complaint 2. has burnt out
3. repair it 4. Can you make it
5. What do you think
Task B
Dialog 1
1. They are talking about Davis.
2. He had an accident.
3. She expresses sympathy.
4. He broke his left leg.
5. At four o’clock this afternoon.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 73

 Dialog 5
Reno : Excuse me. Do you have a book entitled
Detik-Detik Bahasa Inggris SMA?
A. Practice the following dialogs with a friend. Shop assistant : I’m really sorry, it’s sold out.
Dialog 1 Reno : Too bad. When do you think it will be
Hafid : Are you busy next Sunday morning? available?
Markis : No, I’m free. Why? Shop assistant : I don’t know exactly. Perhaps next week.
Hafid : What if we go swimming? We haven’t swum for Reno : If that’s so, I’ll come back next week.
almost a month, right? Please keep one for me.
Markis : Right! Well, where do you plan to go? Shop assistant : Sure, but, may I know your name?
Hafid : I prefer swimming in Siguling Swimming Pool to Reno : I am Reno. Or, you may call me whenever
Galih Swimming Pool. What about you? it’s available. Here’s my number.
Markis : It doesn’t make any difference. It’s up to you. Shop assistant : No problem.
Hafid : O.K., we will swim in Siguling Swimming Pool. Dialog 6
At 6 a.m., is that okay with you? Lilik :
Good afternoon, Miss Lorna.
Markis : No problem. Miss Lorna :
Good afternoon, Lilik.
Hafid : I’ll pick you up then. Lilik :
Where are you going, Miss?
Markis : Deal! Miss Lorna :
I’m going to the hospital.
Dialog 2 Lilik :
Who is sick?
Mr. Ram : How was school today, dear? Miss Lorna :
My grandma. She had a heart attack.
Weni : Good, Dad. Lilik :
Oh, I’m sorry to hear that. I hope she gets
Mr. Ram : What would you like to share? well soon.
Weni : Er ... I got 9.7 for the math test and it was the Miss Lorna : Thanks.
best mark. B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in
Mr. Ram : Congratulations! Well, I’ll buy you a new dress Task A.
or a pair of shoes, if you are the champ in class
this year. Dialog 1
Weni : Is it a promise, Dad? 1. What do Hafid and Markis plan next Sunday?
Mr. Ram : Yes, I promise. You were the runner up last year. 2. Where will they go?
I’m sure you will be the champ this year. 3. What time will they go?
Weni : Thanks for your support, Dad. I’ll always study 4. What does Hafid promise to Markis?
hard and do my best. 5. Markis says, “No, I’m free.”
Mr. Ram : Good girl! What does ‘free’ in that sentence mean?

Dialog 3 Dialog 2
Wayan :
Why are you so upset? How can I help? 1. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
Dendy :
You know, we’ll lose this park soon. 2. Who are talking in the dialog?
Wayan :
Oh no! How come? 3. What does Weni tell Mr. Ram about?
Dendy :
This park will be evicted for the highway. 4. What does Mr. Ram promise to Weni?
Wayan :
It can’t be true! This is our favorite meeting place. 5. What does Weni promise Mr. Ram?
We’ve been hanging out here for years. Dialog 3
Dendy : It’s true. We just read the news this morning. 1. Where does the dialog take place?
Wayan : How terrible! We will lose more and more green 2. How does Wayan’s friend feel when he meets him?
spaces and it’s very dangerous for our lives. 3. Why does he have such a feeling?
Dendy : We know that, but we can’t do anything. 4. Wayan says, “Oh no! How come?”
Dialog 4 What does he express?
Ryan : Hi, Jossy. 5. “We will lose more and more green spaces and it’s ....”
Jossy : (Jossy keeps silent.) What is the similar meaning of ‘space’?
Ryan : Jossy, are you still angry with me? Dialog 4
Jossy : I am! I just don’t understand why you didn’t show 1. How is Jossy feeling?
up. 2. Why does Jossy have such a feeling?
Ryan : I tried to call, but couldn’t reach you. 3. What’s Ryan’s reason?
Jossy : The reason is unacceptable! We had made 4. What appointment did Ryan make with Jossy?
an appointment to finish the work together, you 5. Does Jossy forgive Ryan? What does she say?
know?
Ryan : I know, I’m very sorry. I promise I won’t do it again. Dialog 5
Will you forgive me? 1. Where do you think the dialog occurs?
Jossy : O.K. I forgive you, but next time you have to call, 2. What does Reno need?
or text me if you want to cancel an appointment. 3. Does Reno get what he needs? Why?/Why not?
Ryan : I will. Thanks, Jossy. 4. What does Reno ask the shop assistant to do?
5. Reno says, “If that’s so, I’ll come back next week.” What
does it imply?

74 Recounts
 Dialog 6
1. When does the dialog take place?
2. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
3. Where would Miss Lorna go?
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru
4. Who had a heart attack?
dapat memberikan soal berikut.
5. Lilik says, “Oh, I’m sorry to hear that.” What does it mean?
Dialog 1
Jawaban:
1. Esti : Tomorrow after school? Do Erin, Oci and
Dialog 1 Jamal know about this?
1. They plan to go swimming. 2. Esti : Yes, I’m free tomorrow. When will you tell Erin,
2. To Siguling Swimming Pool. Oci and Jamal about the plan?
3. At 6 a.m. 3. Esti : Yuda, when will we sit together to do our
4. He will pick Markis up. English assignment?
5. It means Markis doesn’t have any other plan yet. 4. Esti : Okay.
Dialog 2 5. Yuda : No, not yet. I haven’t told them about the plan.
1. At the speakers’ home. Can you make it tomorrow?
2. A father and a daughter. 6. Yuda : What about tomorrow after school?
3. She tells him that she got 9.7 for the math test and it 7. Yuda : Soon, at the second break I think. Why don’t
was the best mark. you tell Erin and Oci and I tell Jamal about
4. He promises to buy her a new dress or a pair of shoes, if this?
she’s the champ in class this year. Dialog 2
5. She will always study hard and do her best. 1. Gordy : Have you called daddy?
2. Gordy : My goodness! Let me go with you, Mom.
Dialog 3 3. Gordy : You look panicky. What’s wrong?
1. In a park. 4. Gordy : Where are you going, Mom?
2. He is upset. 5. Gordy : O.K. I hope grandma will be fine and
3. Because he will lose the park where he and his friends nothing serious happens to her.
have been hanging out for years. 6. Mrs. Iko : No, not yet. I’ll call him later after we know
4. He expresses sympathy. grandma’s condition.
5. It is ‘area’ or ‘location’. 7. Mrs. Iko : To grandma’s house.
8. Mrs. Iko : Sure. Let’s go.
Dialog 4 9. Mrs. Iko : I hope so.
1. She is angry. 10. Mrs. Iko : Yes. Grandma just slipped and she’s
2. Because her friend Ryan didn’t show up. unconscious now.
3. He tried to call, but couldn’t reach her.
4. He made an appointment to finish the work with Jossy. Jawaban:
5. Yes, she does. She says, “O.K. I forgive you, but next Dialog 1: The correct arrangement of the sentences is 3–6–
time you have to call, or text me, if you want to cancel 1–5–2–7–4.
an appointment.” Dialog 2: The correct arrangement of the sentences is 4–7–
3–10–2–8–1–6–5–9.
Dialog 5
1. In a book shop.
2. He needs a book entitled Detik-Detik Bahasa Inggris D. Create dialogs based on the following
SMA. situations.
3. No, he doesn’t. Because it’s sold out. Then, practice them with a friend.
4. To keep a book for him or call him when it is available. Contoh jawaban:
5. It implies that Reno really needs the book that he is 1. You : Are you free this afternoon, Pung?
willing to come back again. Your friend : Yes, I’m free. What’s up?
Dialog 6 You : Let’s go to Mr. Rafi’s house. He has arrived
1. In the afternoon. from Mecca.
2. In the street. Your friend : Has he? O.K. I’ll meet you at your home at
3. She would go to the hospital. 4 p.m. What do you think?
4. Miss Lorna’s grandmother. You : That’s a great idea! See you at four this
5. She expresses sympathy. afternoon.
Your friend : See you.
2. You : You are hobbling. What’s wrong with your leg?
C. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form Your friend : It’s dislocated.
sequential dialogs. You : Oh no! How terrible! How did it happen?
Then, practice the dialogs with a friend. Your friend : I fell while playing football yesterday.
Jawaban: You : I hope you’ll recover very soon.
Dialog 1: The correct arrangement of the sentences is 3–10–2– Your friend : Thanks.
7–5–9–1–8–4–6.
Dialog 2: The correct arrangement of the sentences is 5–10–4–
7–1–9–6–11–3–8–2.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 75

 Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat
memberikan soal lain. memberikan soal berikut.
Situation:
Today is Saturday. You and your friend plan to visit a night fair Teks yang dibacakan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
downtown. Your friend promises to pick you up at six thirty. I had a bad dream last night. It haunted me a lot.
But at five, he/she calls you to cancel the appointment. He/ I thought I was going to have a bad day today. How right
she has to babysit his/her little sister. It disappoints you. He/ I was!
she asks for your forgiveness. What would both of you say? When I woke up, it was already 5:30 a.m. It means
I had only 30 minutes to reach school. The first lesson
Contoh jawaban: starts at 6 sharp.
You : We will be free tomorrow. What if we visit the I rushed into the bathroom and got dressed. Then,
night fair? I took my bicycle without having my breakfast. Fifteen
Your friend : That’s a good idea. minutes left before the school bell rang. I paddled my
You : Will you pick me up? bicycle as hard as I could. My heart sank. I arrived at
Your friend : Sure. I’ll pick you at six thirty. school five minutes late. Mr. Hartana, the Indonesian
You : Great! teacher, had started the first lesson. Then, I knocked on
(At five, your friend is calling.) the door and entered the classroom. The teacher asked
Your friend : Diana, sorry, I have to cancel our appointment. me to sing as a punishment. What a bad day!
You : Why?
Your friend : I have to babysit my little sister. I’m really sorry. 1. What time did the speaker get up this morning?
You : What a pity! 2. Why couldn’t he sleep well last night?
3. What time did the first lesson begin?
4. What was the first lesson?
5. What should the speaker do in the class as
a punishment?
4.2 Genre Jawaban:
1. At 5:30 a.m.
2. Because he/she had a bad dream.
3. At 6 a.m. sharp.
4. It was Indonesian.
5. He/she should sing a song.

B. Listen and complete the text based on what you have

A. Listen and answer the questions based on what you
have heard.
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
Mount Everest, which is in the Himalayas and 8,863 meters
high, was conquered for the first time on May 29, 1953 by
a Nepalese guide, Tenzing Norgay and a New Zealander,
Edmund Hillary. Amazingly, they were able to reach the highest
point on Earth’s surface, which is always covered in snow and
ice and with little oxygen to breathe.
Since then, many people have climbed Everest and all the
world’s major peaks have now been conquered.
Adapted from: Anonymous, Tell Me When?, London, Chancellor Press, 2010.
Jawaban:
1. About when the peak of Mount Everest was first conquered.
2. In the Himalayas.
3. A Nepalese guide Tenzing Norgay.
4. Snow and ice.
5. It is ‘top’.
heard.
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru dan
jawaban:
We brush our teeth at least twice a day. Did you know when
the first toothbrush was used? Well, here is the story.
The toothbrush was not invented until 1938. However, early
(1) forms of the toothbrush have been in existence since 3000
BC. (2) Ancient civilizations used a “chew stick” which was
a thin twig with a frayed end. These “chew sticks” were rubbed
against the teeth.
The bristle toothbrush, similar to the type used today, was
not invented until 1498 in China. The bristles were actually the
stiff, coarse hairs taken from the back of an animal’s neck and
attached to handles made of (3) bone or bamboo.
These bristles were used until 1938, when nylon bristles
were (4) introduced by Dupont de Nemours. The first nylon
toothbrush was called Doctor West’s Miracle Toothbrush. Later,
Americans were influenced by the disciplined hygiene habits of
soldiers from World War II. They (5) became increasingly
concerned with the practice of good oral hygiene and quickly
adopted the nylon toothbrush.
Adopted from: http://www.loc.gov/rr/scitech/mysteries/tooth.html (Maret 3, 2015)

76 Recounts
 7. We should set our mobile phones to silent mode, so that
they would not disturb other people.
8. Many students bring their lunch from home, so that they
don’t need to go to the canteen for lunch.
Find the meanings of the following words.
9. Many people in Jakarta use the TransJakarta bus in order to
Then, find their synonyms in the text.
arrive at their destinations on time.
Word Meaning Synonym 10. Hanifah always does her homework in the afternoon, so that
she can prepare herself for the next day, in the evening.
1. swiftly ________________ __________
2. very old ________________ __________ F. Listen and complete the text with the suitable
3. to be named ________________ __________ temporal conjunctions.
4. shape ________________ __________
5. rigid ________________ __________ Kalimat-kalimat yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru
dan jawaban:
Jawaban: We entered the classroom about five minutes (1) before
the bell rang. Then, Ms. Desy entered the class to teach Science.
Word Meaning Synonym We had been learning for about fifteen minutes (2) when we
heard an explosion. We all ran out (3) at once.
1. swiftly dengan cepat quickly Most of us were laughing (4) as soon as we figured out
2. very old sangat tua/kuno ancient what had happened. It was a motorcycle exhaust that fell.
3. to be named diberi nama/disebut to be called (5) Soon we entered the class to continue the lesson.
4. shape bentuk form
5. rigid kaku stiff

C. Answer the following questions based on the text in

Task B.
B. Answer the questions based on the text in Task A
Jawaban: orally.
1. Since 3000 BC.
Jawaban:
2. They rubbed their teeth using them.
3. In 1498. 1. It is about the development of PC.
4. Dupont de Nemours. 2. Because they were enormous and hugely expensive and
5. It refers to Americans. they required a team of engineers and other specialists to
maintain them.
D. Listen and choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct 3. It was one of the first and most famous earliest electronic
answer. computers.
4. For doing ballistics calculations for the U.S. military during
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru: World War II.
Ben Franklin who lived in 1706–1790 was 5. In 1948.
an American with many talents. He was a printer, scientist and 6. It is an electronic device that carried and amplified electrical
politician who played an important part in founding the United current, much smaller than the cumbersome vacuum tube.
States. 7. It was invented in 1958. The proof is the sentence in
He discovered the nature of lightning while flying a kite paragraph 2, “Ten years later, scientists at Texas
during a thunderstorm. Franklin noticed sparks jumping from Instruments and Fairchild Semiconductor came up with
a key tied to the end of the wet string. This could very easily have an integrated circuit, an invention that incorporated all of the
killed him, but it did not. He went on to invent the lightning computer’s electrical parts—transistors, capacitors, resistors
conductor, a strip of copper that is run from the top of a building and diodes—into a single silicon chip.”
to the ground in order that lightning can earth itself safely. 8. Because before microprocessors were invented, computers
Adopted from: Anonymous, Tell Me When?, London, Chancellor Press, 2010. needed a separate integrated-circuit chip for each function.
Jawaban: 9. It refers to microprocessors.
1. D 2. A 3. E 4. C 5. C 10. It is ‘need’.

E. Listen and write down the sentences.

Read your work aloud.
Kalimat-kalimat yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru
dan sekaligus jawaban:
A. Read the following text, in turns.
1. We should wash our hands in order to prevent us from any
infection. Google began in March 1996 as a research project by
2. Please turn off the lights, if not neccessary, in order to save Larry Page and Sergey Brin, Ph.D. students at Stanford.
energy. They worked on the Stanford Digital Library Project (SDLP).
3. We should study regularly, so that we will always be ready The SDLP’s aim was to develop the enabling technologies
for a test. for a single, integrated and universal digital library. This was
4. After school I often dry my shoes under the sun, so that they funded by the National Science Foundation among other
won’t, or and get moldy. federal agencies.
5. Rosi usually reads what he got from school again and again,
in order not to forget.
6. Maya has a notepad wherever she goes, so that she can
record her ideas.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 77

 In search for a dissertation theme, Page considered 7. sahabat
exploring the mathematical properties of the World Wide 8. bekerja secara sukarela
Web, understanding its link structure as a huge graph. His 9. mengubah
supervisor Terry Winograd encouraged him to pick this idea. 10. mengumpulkan
Then, Page focused on the problem of finding out which web
Task C
pages linked to a given page, considering the number and
1. About the history of Google.
nature of such backlinks to be valuable information about
2. He was doing a research project.
that page.
3. He worked for the Stanford Digital Library Project (SDLP).
In his research project, nicknamed “BackRub”, he was
4. He is Larry Page’s supervisor.
soon joined by Sergey Brin, a fellow Stanford Ph.D. student
5. He is Larry Page’s fellow.
supported by a National Science Foundation Graduate
6. In the summer of 1995.
Fellowship. Brin was already a close friend. They had first
7. It is Larry Page’s research project’s nickname.
met in the summer of 1995 in a group of potential new
8. Page’s web crawler began exploring the web.
students, where Brin had volunteered to show them around
9. It is important.
the campus. Page’s web crawler began exploring the web in
10. It’s “googol”.
March 1996, setting out from Page’s own Stanford homepage
as its only starting point. To convert the backlink data that
was gathered into a measure of importance for a given web C. Retell the following text using your own
page, Brin and Page developed the PageRank algorithm. words.
Analyzing BackRub’s output—which, for a given URL,
consisted of a list of backlinks ranked by importance—it
occurred to them that a search engine based on PageRank
Kegiatan ini bertujuan untuk meningkatkan keterampilan
would produce better results than existing techniques
berbicara (speaking skill) peserta didik.
(existing search engines at the time essentially ranked
1. Peserta didik memahami perintah kegiatan.
results according to how many times the search term
2. Peserta didik membuat draf teks dengan menggunakan
appeared on a page).
kata-kata mereka sendiri dan kemudian meminta
Eventually, they changed the name to Google,
masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru.
originating from a misspelling of the word “googol”, the
3. Bapak/Ibu Guru memberi masukan sesuai dengan hasil
number one followed by one hundred zeros, which was
tulisan peserta didik, misalnya tentang pilihan kata dan
picked to signify that the search engine wants to provide
tense- nya. Bapak/Ibu Guru menyampaikan masukan
large quantities of information for people.
Adopted from: – http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_Google (February 26,
semacam ini secara klasikal apabila dianggap kekurangan
2015) tersebut dilakukan oleh banyak peserta didik.
– http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Google (February 26, 2015) 4. Peserta didik memperbaiki tulisan mereka sesuai dengan
B. Find the meanings of the following words. masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru.
5. Peserta didik menunjukkan hasil perbaikan kepada
1. goal = ________________ Bapak/Ibu Guru. Bapak/Ibu Guru memberi persetujuan
2. to develop = ________________ jika tulisan mereka telah layak disampaikan di depan
3. integrated = ________________ kelas.
4. universal = ________________ 6. Peserta didik belajar manyampaikan hasil tulisan mereka
5. to fund = ________________ tanpa teks.
6. to encourage = ________________ 7. Selanjutnya, beberapa peserta didik tunjuk jari dan
7. fellow = ________________ menyampaikan teks hasil gubahan mereka di depan kelas
8. to volunteer = ________________ secara bergiliran.
9. to convert = ________________ 8. Peserta didik yang lain menyimak sambil memperhatikan
10. to gather = ________________ pelafalan, tekanan, dan intonasi temannya. Jika ada yang
C. Answer the questions based on the text in Task A. kurang tepat, mereka diberi kesempatan untuk
menyampaikan gagasan mereka itu.
1. What is the text about? 9. Bapak/Ibu Guru mengamati dan memberi nilai.
2. What was Larry Page doing in 1996? 10. Di akhir kegiatan, Bapak/Ibu Guru memberi nilai dan
3. Who did he work for when doing it? balikan, misalnya menyampaikan kelebihan dan
4. Who is Terry Winograd? kekurangan peserta didik terkait dengan kejelasan
5. Who is Sergey Brin? pengucapan, keras-lembutnya suara, mimik wajah, dan
6. When did Brin and Page meet for the first time? gerak tubuh.
7. What is “BackRub”?
8. What happened in March 1996? Contoh jawaban:
9. “... existing techniques (existing search engines at the Are you curious with the title of the text? This time we will
time essentially ranked ...).” (Paragraph 3) talk about a man who invented a means of communication. The
What is the synonym of ‘essential’? man is Richie Stachowski.
10. What is the original term for Google? Richie Stachowski, 11 years old, had an idea to make
Jawaban: a device to communicate underwater when he and his father
Task B were on holiday in Hawaii. It happened in 1996. He and his father
1. tujuan were underwater when Richie Stachowski saw so much beauty.
2. mengembangkan He wanted to communicate what he saw with his father, but he
3. terintegrasi, tersambungkan dengan beberapa bagian couldn’t. He didn’t have a device to do so. His curiousity led him
lain to carry out a research about underwater acoustics and tried out
4. bersifat umum prototypes in the family pool. Eventually, he came up with the
5. membiayai Water Talkie—a conical device with a blow valve and plastic
6. mendorong, menyemangati membrane that enabled swimmers to talk with one another
underwater from as far as 15 feet away.

78 Recounts
 Not long after, Stachowski went to New Jersey to sell his
idea to Toys”R”Us. At the end of the interview, he had an order
for 50,000 units. Stachowski’s mother helped him when he
started the company Short Stack LLC (named in honor of his
love for pancakes) and went on to invent other successful pool
toys. In 1999, aged 13, he sold his company to Wild Planet Toys.
It has been reported that Stachowski made millions through the
deal. Wild Planet said that the sale was worth less than that, but
would not disclose the exact amount, divulging that it was only
“a substantial amount of money.”
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru
dapat memberikan soal berikut.
When were Coins First Made?
The first coins were made in the seventh century BCE
(Before the Common Era) by the Lydians. They were
wealthy and powerful people living in the Asia Minor. These
primitive coins were made of ‘electrum’, which is a natural
composition of 75 per cent gold and 25 per cent silver. They
were about the size and shape of a bean and were known
as ‘staters’ or ‘standards’.
The Greeks saw these coins and appreciated the
usefulness of standard metal money, so they began to
make coins too. Gold coins were the most valuable and next
came silver and finally copper.
Adopted from: Anonymous, Tell Me When?, London, Chancellor Press, 2010.
6. Bapak/Ibu Guru memeriksa hasil tulisan setiap peserta
didik dan memberi catatan tentang kekurangan karangan
tersebut. Bapak/Ibu Guru memberikan bimbingan di waktu
luang untuk meningkatkan kemampuan menulis peserta
didik.
7. Pada per temuan berikutnya, Bapak/Ibu Guru
membagikan hasil tulisan peserta didik. Mereka diminta
memperbaikinya sesuai catatan Bapak/Ibu Guru. Kegiatan
perbaikan ini sebaiknya dijadikan pekerjaan rumah agar
tidak menyita waktu tatap muka.
8. Pada kesempatan lain, beberapa peserta didik diminta
ke depan kelas secara sukarela dan menyampaikan
tulisan mereka.
9. Bapak/Ibu Guru memberi balikan dan nilai.
Contoh jawaban:
I remember a beautiful girl named Cassidy Goldstein. She
had a brilliant idea when she was 11 years old. She noticed that
many kids had difficulty holding broken crayons, as the pieces
were too small to hold onto. So, she tried to find a device to ease
the problem. She searched through her arts and crafts supplies
until she found a plastic tube designed to keep roses fresh during
shipping. She inserted a crayon piece into the tube and unwittingly
created her first prototype. In 2002, she filed a patent for her
Crayon Holders and soon struck a licensing deal with Rand
International that ensured her five percent of royalties per sale.
Her Crayon Holders not only made it easy to hold broken crayons,
but they also helped kids with difficulties holding onto wax pastels.
Adopted from: http://www.greatbusinessschools.org/10-great-inventions-dreamt-up-by-
children/ (February 25, 2015)

You may begin with these sentences:

There are two types of money we are familiar with,
bank notes and coins. Does anyone know when the first
coins were made?
Contoh jawaban: Tell what you experienced last Sunday.
There are two types of money we are familiar with,
Contoh jawaban:
bank notes and coins. Does anyone know when the first
A car free day was held in town last Sunday morning.
coins were made? Well, let me tell you.
It started at 5 a.m. and ended at 9 a.m. I planed to go
The Lydians, a group of wealthy and powerful people
jogging with my friends, Jojo, Lilik, Dewa and Rio at the
living in the Asia Minor, were the people who made the first
event. We left home at around 5:30 a.m.
coins. They made the coins in the seventh century Before
We were jogging along the kampong before we arrived
the Common Era. These ancient coins were made of
at the car free day area. Suddenly, we heard a woman
electrum, a natural composition of 75 per cent gold and 25
shouting, “Fire! Fire!” We all immediately ran to the woman
per cent silver.
and gave help. Jojo, who brought a mobile phone,
Do you want to know how big these coins were? They
immediately rang the fire brigade. Ten minutes later the fire
were about the size and shape of a bean. They were known
fighters came and put out the fire. The woman was very
as ‘staters’ or ‘standards’.
lucky; no one was hurt and only a small part of her house
Later, the Greeks also made coins, because they
was damaged. She thanked us and the fire fighters.
understood the usefullnes of standard metal money. The
most valuable coins were the gold ones, followed by silver
and copper.

D. Relate a history of a discovery or invention

that you know.
A. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
Jawaban:
1. Peserta didik diminta mengerjakan kegiatan berikut. 1. C 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. D
Mereka diberi waktu, misalnya selama 20 menit.
2. Bapak/Ibu Guru berkeliling kelas dan memeriksa tulisan
peserta didik. Bapak/Ibu Guru membimbing dan memberi
masukan atas hasil tulisan mereka.
3. Jika waktu pengerjaan sudah habis, dua atau tiga peserta
didik diminta membacakan hasil tulisan mereka. Peserta
didik yang lain menyimak dan memberi masukan atas
hasil tulisan temannya.
4. Bapak/Ibu Guru memberi balikan.
5. Peserta didik diminta mengumpulkan hasil tulisan mereka.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 79


Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru
dapat memberikan soal berikut.
Facebook is a popular social networking website.
In fact, its name originated as the nickname of directories
handed out to university students that aided in their getting
to know their fellow students.
Facebook was invented by Harvard computer science
student Mark Zuckerberg, along with his classmates
Eduardo Saverin, Dustin Moskovitz and Chris Hughes. The
origins to the name hints as to the history of Facebook,
however, the website was originally and briefly called
Facemash.
Mark Zuckerberg was a second year student, when he
wrote the software for the Facemash website. Perhaps, it
was Zuckerberg’s sophomoric sense of humor that led him
to create the site as a type of “hot or not” game for Harvard
students, where website visitors could compare two
student’s photos side-by-side and let viewers decide who
was “hot” and who was “not”. Mark Zuckerberg put his
computer science skills to good use by copying the student
ID images used by the dormitories and used them to
populate his Facemash website.
Adopted from: http://inventors.about.com/od/fstartinventions/a/
Facebook.htm (February 26, 2015)
1. What is the purpose of the text?
A. To describe a particular object.
B. To entertain the readers.
C. To review a work of art.
D. To relate a history/past event.
E. To show how to do something.
2. From the text, we can conclude that _______.
A. Eduardo Saverin and Chris Hughes were Mark
Zuckerberg’s roommates
B. Mark Zuckerberg was a student of Harvard in
computer science
C. Mark Zuckerberg named his software “Facemask”
D. Mark Zuckerberg copied the student ID images for
bad use
E. Mark Zuckerberg was in the first year when he
wrote the software for the website
3. “In fact, its name originated as the nickname of
directories handed out to university
students that aided in their getting ....”
(Paragraph 1)
The underlined word can be best replaced by ________.
A. let
B. tried
C. helped
D. showed
E. directed
4. What did Mark Zuckerberg do to populate his website?
A. He asked his classmates to help him improve and
use the website.
B. He received his classmates’ photographs and
uploaded them on the website.
C. He copied the student ID images used by the
dormitories.
D. He told his friends about the advantages and
benefits of the website for their social networking.
E. He put the students’ images on his website and
asked them to fill in a questionnaire.
80 Recounts
5. “Perhaps, it was Zuckerberg’s sophomoric sense of
humor that led him to create ....” (Paragraph 3)
The word ’him’ refers to ________.
A. Mark Zuckerberg
B. Eduardo Saverin
C. Dustin Moskovitz
D. Chris Hughes
E. Harvard’s security guard
Jawaban:
1. D. Teks tersebut berbentuk recount yang bertujuan
menceritakan peristiwa masa lalu (to relate
a history/past event). Teks tersebut menceritakan
sejarah Facebook. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (D) benar.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) merupakan
tujuan teks descriptive, (B) merupakan tujuan teks
narrative, (C) merupakan tujuan teks review, dan
(E) merupakan tujuan teks procedure.
2. B. Pilihan jawaban (B) benar karena sesuai dengan
kalimat di paragraf dua, ”Facebook was invented
by Harvard computer science student Mark
Zuckerberg, along with ....” yang artinya ”Facebook
diciptakan oleh mahasiswa ilmu komputer Harvard,
bersama-sama dengan ....”. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah; (A) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat di
paragraf dua, ”Facebook was invented by Harvard
computer science student Mark Zuckerberg, along
with his classmates Eduardo Saverin, Dustin
Moskovitz, and Chris Hughes”, (C) tidak sesuai
dengan kalimat di paragraf dua, ”... Facebook,
however, the website was originally and briefly
called Facemash.”, (D) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat
di paragraf tiga, ”Mark Zuckerberg put his computer
science skills to good use by ....”, dan (E) tidak
sesuai dengan kalimat di paragraf tiga, ”Mark
Zuckerberg was a second year student, when he
wrote the software for the Facemash website.”.
3. C. Kata ’aided’ dan ’helped’ mempunyai arti yang
sama, yaitu membantu. Pilihan jawaban (C) benar.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena maknanya
berbeda; (A) artinya membiarkan, (B) artinya
mencoba, (D) artinya menunjukkan, dan (E) artinya
mengarahkan.
4. C. Pilihan jawaban (C) sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir
paragraf tiga, ”Mark Zuckerberg put his computer
science skills to good use by copying the student
ID images used by the dormitories and used them
to populate his Facemash website.”.
5. A. Kata ’him’ tersebut merupakan kata ganti orang
yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu Mark
Zuckerberg, sesuai dengan pilihan jawaban (A).
B. Complete the text with the suitable word forms.
Jawaban:
1. grew 2. became 3. begun
4. called 5. introduces
 C. Read the text aloud and answer the questions.
Jawaban:
1. It’s about Frank Epperson and his invention of Popsicle.
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama Bapak/Ibu Guru 2. On a winter’s night in 1905.
dapat memberikan soal berikut. 3. He named it after his name Epp.
Text 1 4. In 1928.
When was the Crossword Puzzle Invented? 5. It’s ‘veranda’.
The crossword puzzle is both a new thing and a not-
D. Read the words and find their synonyms in the text in
so-new thing. Since ancient times there was a word square.
Task C.
In a word square the letters ________ [1. spell] the same
words horizontally and vertically. Jawaban:
The crossword is ________ [2. build] on a pattern of 1. by chance 2. changed 3. invention
black and white squares, with different words inter-locking 4. created 5. solid
across and down. There are numbered definitions given as
clues to the words. So the crossword puzzle ________
[3. add] several new things.
The very first crossword puzzle was put together by
a man called Arthur Winn. It first appeared in a Sunday
supplement of the New York World on December 21, 1913. A. Read the text aloud and answer the questions.
It ________ [4. remain] as a feature of this newspaper for
The Domesday Book
some time.
In 1924 the first book of crossword puzzles appeared. The Domesday Book is a great land survey from 1086,
Until that time, the crossword puzzle had not been very commissioned by William the Conqueror to assess the extent
popular. But after this, it ________ [5. become] a nation- of the land and resources owned in England at the time and
wide craze. the extent of taxes he could raise. The information collected
Adopted from: Anonymous, Tell Me When?, London, Chancellor Press, 2010. was recorded by hand in two huge books, in the space of
around a year. William died before it was fully completed.
Text 2
How was the information collected? Royal
Ben Cohen and Jerry Greenfield ________ [1. meet] at commissioners were dispatched around England to collect
school in New York in 1963. They ________ (2. have) the and record the information from thousands of settlements;
same hobby—food! When they ________ [3. finish] school, the country was split into 7 regions, or ‘circuits’ of the
they ________ [4. go] to college. However, Ben didn’t finish country, with 3 or 4 commissioners being assigned to each.
his course and he ________ [5. get] a job selling ice-cream. They carried with them a set of questions and put these to
In 1978, they both ________ [6. decide] to do a $5 a jury of representatives—made up of barons and villagers
course in making ice-cream. The course ________ [7. be, alike—from each county. They wrote down all of the
not] difficult and the next year they ________ [8. start] their information in Latin, as with the final Domesday document
ice-cream business with their first shop: Ben & Jerry, in itself. Once they returned to London, the information was
Vermont, USA. On the first anniversary of Ben & Jerry’s combined with earlier records, from before and after the
they ________ [9. give] everyone free ice-cream all day. Conquest and was then, circuit by circuit, entered into the
Two years later, they opened their second shop, also in final Domesday Book.
Vermont, but Ben and Jerry didn’t only want to make and sell Adopted from: http://www.domesdaybook.co.uk/faqs.html#5 (November 8, 2014)
ice-cream. So in 1985 they ________ [10. begin] ‘Ben & Jerry Questions:
Foundation’, a charity to help poor people. Every year they 1. What is the text about?
give 7.5% of the company’s money to the charity. By 2004 2. When was the book written?
there would be more than 450 Ben & Jerry’s shops in over 18 3. How many books were there?
countries including France, Germany, Italy, Spain and 4. Who collected the information?
Mexico. In the same year we spent over $300,000,000 on 5. “... resources owned in England at the time and the
their ice-cream! extent of taxes he could raise.” (Paragraph 1)
Adopted from: Nicholas Tims with Chris Redston and Gillie Cunningham,
Face2face, England, Cambridge University Press.
What does ‘he’ refer to?
Jawaban: B. Read the words and find their synonyms in the text
Text 1 in Task A.
1. spelled 2. built 3. added 1. possessed = _______________
4. remained 5. became 2. noted = _______________
Text 2 3. gathered together = _______________
1. met 2. had 3. finished 4. to estimate the value of = _______________
4. went 5. got 6. decided 5. set apart for a particular purpose = _______________
7. was not 8. started 9. gave Jawaban:
10. began Task A
1. It’s about the Domesday Book, a great land survey.
2. In 1086.
3. There were two huge books.
4. The Royal commissioners.
5. The word ‘he’ refers to William the Conqueror.
Task B
1. owned 2. recorded 3. collected
4. to assess 5. assigned

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 81


A. Write five sentences using in order to or
so that.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Lock your bicycle in order to ensure no one steals it.
2. I always turn on the alarm clock in order to not wake up late.
3. Don’t watch TV too close in order to avoid damaging your
vision.
4. I check my bicycle every day, so that it won’t cause me any
trouble.
5. We need to have breakfast, so that we will have enough
energy to do our activities.
B. Write your memorable experience.
Contoh jawaban:
Last Sunday I went fishing with my uncle. We fished at
a lake. It took half an hour by car, to reach the place. We went
there early in the morning, so it wasn’t crowded when we arrived.
After my uncle parked the car, we went to a fishing spot.
I casted the line and caught a big fish. I was very happy. This
made me can addict. My uncle and I promised to go fishing
again the following Sunday.
4.3 Short Functional Texts:
Announcements and Personal Letters
A. Listen and answer the questions based on what you
have heard.
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
Ladies and gentlemen, your attention please! Argo Lawu to
Balapan Solo is now arriving at Gambir Railway Station on Track
1. Please have your tickets ready and check your luggage before
you leave the station. Make sure nothing is left behind.
I will tell you which wagon is which. The first is the loco for
the engineer, followed by the engine and the restoration wagon.
Then, wagon number one, two, tree, four, five and six follow. The
last is the boxcar. Thank you.
Jawaban:
1. At Gambir Railway Station.
2. To the passengers of Argo Lawu train.
3. About the arrival of the Argo Lawu train.
4. They should have their tickets ready and check their luggage.
5. Ten. They are the loco for the engineer, the engine and
restoration wagons, six wagons for the passengers and the
boxcar.
82 Recounts
B. Read the announcement.
Listen and answer your teacher’s questions orally.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu
Guru:
1. Who probably reads the announcement?
2. Where is the announcement read?
3. What is the announcement about?
4. What have the parking attendants done to the vehicle?
5. What should the car owner do?
Jawaban:
1. An information clerk.
2. At a supermarket.
3. An active and noisy car alarm.
4. They have checked the car and there is no damage.
5. He/she should switch off the alarm immediately.
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat
memberikan soal berikut.
May I have your attention, please? The use of the
electricity has been increasing lately. Therefore, the head of
the company asks all of us to save electricity by turning off
lights, air conditioners or computers that are not used. For your
cooperation, the head of the company would like to express his
gratitude.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan oleh Bapak/
Ibu Guru:
1. In your opinion, who reads the announcement?
2. What is the announcement about?
3. Where is the announcement read?
4. What should the employees do according to the
announcement?
5. What is the synonym of ‘lately’ in the sentence “The
use of the electricity has been increasing lately.”?
Jawaban:
1. An information clerk does.
2. About saving on electricity consumption.
3. In a company.
4. They should turn off lights, air conditioners or computers,
that are not used.
5. It is ‘recently’.
C. Listen and complete the announcements based on
what you have heard.
Read your work aloud.
Pengumuman-pengumuman yang diperdengarkan oleh
Bapak/Ibu Guru dan jawaban:
1. Attention, please. This announcement is addressed to
all the English club (1) members. There will be no
(2) regular meeting this afternoon due to the first trial, for
all the (3) twelfth graders tomorrow. All classrooms will be
prepared for that activity. Thank you.
2. Ladies and gentlemen, the Captain has (4) turned on
the ‘Fasten Seat Belt’ sign. We are now crossing a zone of
(5) turbulence. Please return to your seats and keep your
seat belts fastened. Thank you.
Adopted from: http://airodyssey.net/reference/inflight/ (Februari 26, 2015)
 D. Listen and choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct
answer.
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to Juanda Airport. Local A. Read the following announcements, in turns.
time is 7 a.m. and the temperature is 28 degrees Celsius. 1. Ladies and gentlemen.
For your safety and comfort, we ask that you please remain Due to the bad weather, the ships to Maluku
seated with your seat belt fastened until the Captain turns off the Island are delayed today. We have to wait until the
‘Fasten Seat Belt’ sign. This will indicate that the plane has waves are not higher than three-meters. Please be
stopped and that it is safe for you to disembark. patient. Thank you for your understanding.
Please check around your seats for any personal belongings 2. Good morning, everybody.
you may have brought onboard with you and please be careful We have found a black wallet, with a sum of money
when opening the overhead bins, as heavy articles may have and important documents inside. Anyone who lost
shifted around during the flight and may fall. a wallet, please report to Mr. Irawan in the teacher’s
If you require any assistance, please remain seated, until all office to collect in. Thank you.
other passengers have disembarked. One of our crew members 3. Your attention, please.
will then be pleased to assist you. To celebrate our school anniversary, we will
We remind you to please wait, until inside the terminal, to conduct English debate, story–telling, poetry reading
switch on any electronic devices. and English drama competitions. You are free to
On behalf of Dirgantara Indonesia Airlines and the entire choose the topics. We hope every class will
crew, I’d like to thank you for joining us on this trip and we look participate in the events. Big prizes are awaiting.
forward to seeing you onboard again in the near future. Have Please contact Ms. Anjar and Mr. Fredy for further
a nice day! information. Thank you.
Adopted from: http://airodyssey.net/reference/inflight/ (February 26, 2015)
Jawaban: B. Answer the following questions based on the
1. D 2. B 3. A 4. E 5. C announcements in Task A.
Announcement 1
1. Where can you hear the announcement?
2. Where are the ships sailing to?
3. Why are the voyages delayed?
Announcement 2
B. Answer the following questions based on the 1. What is the announcement about?
announcements in Task A. 2. What is in it?
3. Who should the owner report to, to claim the wallet?
Jawaban: Announcement 3
Announcement 1 1. What will the events be held for?
1. In a harbor. 2. What are the competitions held?
2. It is addressed to fishermen. 3. What will the winners receive?
3. It is a warning not to sail for two days. 4. Who are Ms. Anjar and Mr. Fredy?
4. There are strong wind and high waves.
5. When the weather conditions have improved. Jawaban:
Announcement 1
Announcement 2 1. In a harbor.
1. In an airplane. 2. To Maluku Island.
2. It is a welcome flight announcement. 3. Because of the bad weather of which the waves are
3. To Manado. over three-meter high.
4. They must fasten their seat belts and secure all baggage
underneath their seats and in the overhead compartments Announcement 2
and ensure that their seats and table trays are in the upright 1. It’s about the finding of a black wallet.
position. 2. A sum of money and important documents.
5. No, they may not. Because it is a non-smoking flight. 3. To Mr. Irawan.

Announcement 3 Announcement 3
1. In the National Gadget Expo 2015 arena. 1. For celebrating the school anniversary.
2. In the afternoon. 2. English debate, story-telling, poetry reading and English
3. More than 50 vendors. drama competitions.
4. On November 8. 3. Big prizes.
5. High-quality products at very low prices with big discounts, 4. They are the people the students should contact, for
cashback and bonuses. further information about the competitions.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 83

 C. Make announcements based on the
following situations.
Present your work to the class.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Ladies and gentlemen, Biru Malam Train from the east
will pass track 1 in three minutes. It won’t stop at the station
and will be running at high speed. To all passengers, please
stay clear of Platform 1.
2. Good morning, passengers of GXA 899 to Singapore.
We are very sorry to announce that the flight will be delayed
for an hour due to technical error. We are sorry for the
inconvenience caused. Thank you for your understanding.
3. Dear passengers, this is Captain Rukmana of Bayu
Jaya Cruise Ship. The ship will be arriving at Malundung
Port, Tarakan in an hour and will dock at 1:30 p.m. Please
stay calm for your safety and leave the ship orderly after the
ship has docked. Thank you for sailing with Bayu Jaya
Cruise ship. Hope we meet again.
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama Bapak/Ibu Guru
dapat memberikan soal lain .
1. Suppose you work at an information center of a big
fashion shop. A person reported she lost her motorcycle
key. It is big and black, attached to a toy accessory.
What should you say to announce it?
2. Suppose you are school staff. You have to announce
that there will be a flag-hoisting ceremony on Friday
morning. Inform the students to arrive at school at 6:30
a.m. The ceremony will be held at 6:45 a.m. What
should you say?
3. Suppose you are a class captain. Your friend Firda has
been absent for four days because of dengue fever.
You invite your friends to donate money for her. You
also invite them to visit her at the hospital. What should
you say?
Contoh jawaban:
1. Good afternoon, ladies and gentlemen. One of our
customers has lost her motorcycle key. It’s big and black,
attached to a toy accessory. Anyone who may find it,
please hand it to the information officer. Thank you.
2. Good morning, students. Your attention, please.
There will be a flag hoisting ceremony on Friday
morning. It will be held at 6:45 a.m. So, please arrive at
school by 6:30 a.m. at the latest. Thank you.
3. Attention, please. You know, our friend Firda has
been absent for four days because she caught dengue
fever. So, I invite you to donate money for her and I also
invite you to visit her at the hospital, after school. Thank
you.
A. Read the letter and answer the questions.
Jawaban:
1. Diah Septarini.
2. She lives at Jalan Kuning Emas Blok H no. 15, Malang.
3. It’s about an interesting place in Malang called the Car
Museum.
4. Ni Ayu Permata Sari .
5. The next school holiday.
84 Recounts
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru
dapat memberikan soal berikut.
Letter 1
Jalan Persahabatan no. 20 Blok A, Bangka
December 5, 2015
Hi Arvan,
It has been five months since we last had any
contact after graduating from junior high school. How
are you? Hope everything is fine.
Arvan, I want to share my experience about my
new schoolmates. I meet Ida, Rona, Mona, Sandy, Rio
and Guntur at school, but only Rona is my classmate.
I have also met many new friends. They are great. We
have talked a lot about our hobbies, families and homes.
Last week, I visited Jendy, one of my new friends,
who lives only about one hundred meters from a beach.
You know what! The beach is very beautiful, with white
sand, clear water and quiet. I really enjoyed being
there. I want to take you there! I’m sure you’ll like it.
I have also visited Hanna’s house, located on the
slope of a hill. It has awesome panorama view. I saw
a vast sea from the hill.
You know, those experiences have deepened my
love for our homeland and country.
Well, that’s all for now. I look forward to your stories.
Cheers,
Brian
Questions:
1. Who writes the letter?
2. What is the letter about?
3. Where is Jendy’s house located?
4. “Please reply.” (Last sentence)
What is the similar meaning of ‘reply’?
5. Whose house is located on the slope of a hill?
Letter 2
Jalan Sultan Iskandar Muda no. 100, Banda Aceh
November 11, 2015
Hello Melati,
I was in Malang last week. My family and I arrived
there, on November 5 in the afternoon. We stayed at
a nice hotel to relax, after our long journey. It faces
a fantastic green hill with beautiful panorama.
The next morning we woke up very early because
we wanted to enjoy the sunrise. Then, we explored the
woods, not a long way from the hotel. After that, we
returned to the hotel, had showers and a delicious
breakfast. Later, we went to explore Batu, Malang. We
wanted to see several interesting places here. We’re
sure it would be fantastic.
We were in Malang for four days and left on
Thursday evening by plane. In fact, I wanted to meet
you, but Malang is a long distance from Surabaya. Well,
may be next holiday I will go to Surabaya, to meet you.
I think that’s all for now. Please reply soon and tell
me about your holiday!
Cheers,
Sani
 Questions:
1. What does Sani write about in her letter?
2. How long did she stay in Malang?
3. Where did she stay?
4. “We wanted to see several interesting places here.”
(Paragraph 2)
What does ‘here’ refer to?
5. Why didn’t she visit Melati in Surabaya?
Jawaban:
Letter 1
1. Brian.
2. It’s about Brian’s experiences with his new schoolmates.
3. About one hundred meters from a beach.
4. It is ‘answer’.
5. Hanna’s house.
Letter 2
1. Her vacation in Malang.
2. For four days.
3. She stayed in a nice hotel that faces a green hill with
beautiful panorama.
4. It refers to Batu, Malang.
5. Because Malang is a long distance from Surabaya.
B. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
Jawaban:
1. D 2. B 3. E 4. D 5. A Jawaban:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, Bapak/Ibu Guru
dapat memberikan soal berikut.
Jalan Utama no. 29, Kupang
Desember 15, 2012
Dear Aunt Hilma,
How are you? I hope you’re fine.
I haven’t contacted you since moving to Kupang
two months ago. I was a bit busy with new things, new
neighbors, new school, new friends and new situation.
It’s quiet here, not like Bandung, crowded and busy, but
the weather is extremely different, it’s hot here. I really
can’t stand the weather.
Aunt Hilma, sometimes I feel lonely and bored.
There’s nothing to do after school. My friends’ houses
are quite far from home, so I’m reluctant to visit them.
To make the situation worse, there’s no Internet
connection here. You can imagine that, Auntie. That’s
the only reason why I write you this letter, not
an e-mail.
Well, Aunt Hilma, it’s enough for now. Thank you
for listening. Please pass my warm greetings to Uncle
Hilma, Wenda and Guruh. I miss them all.
I look forward to hearing from you.
Love,
Nirina
1. Nirina sent a letter, not an e-mail because ________.
A. she just moved to Kupang
B. her friends’ houses are far from her house
C. there’s no Internet connection at her place
D. she doesn’t know how to send an e-mail
E. she loves sending letters to her aunt
2. Who lives in Kupang?
A. Nirina.
B. Aunt Hilma.
C. Wenda.
D. Guruh.
E. Aunt Hilma and Nirina.
3. What can we conclude from the text?
A. Kupang is as crowded as Bandung.
B. Nirina likes staying in Kupang.
C. Nirina often visits her new friends.
D. Aunt Hilma is visiting Nirina now.
E. Wenda and Guruh are Nirina’s cousins.
4. “My friends’ houses are quite far from home, so I’m
reluctant to visit them.” (Paragraph 3)
What is the similar meaning of ‘reluctant’?
A. Diligent. B. Unwilling.
C. Very often. D. Boring.
E. Seldom.
5. “I miss them all.” (Paragraph 3)
What does ‘them’ refer to?
A. Uncle Hilma’s family.
B. Aunt Hilma and Wenda.
C. Wenda and Guruh.
D. Uncle and Aunt Hilma.
E. Uncle Hilma, Wenda and Guruh.
1. C. Pilihan jawaban (C) sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir
paragraf tiga, ”To make the situation worse, there’s
no Internet connection here. ... That’s the only reason
why I write you this letter, not an e-mail.” yang artinya
”Yang membuat lebih buruk, tidak ada jaringan
internet di sini. ... Itulah satu-satunya alasan saya
mengirim surat ini, tidak mengirim e-mail.”.
2. A. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama
paragraf dua, ”I haven’t contacted you since moving
to Kupang two months ago.” yang artinya ”Saya
(Nirina) belum menghubungi Bibi sejak pindah ke
Kupang dua bulan yang lalu.”. Selain itu, alamat
penulis surat, yaitu Nirina, tertulis ”Jalan Utama no.
29, Kupang”. Jadi, Nirina yang tinggal di Kupang.
3. E. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat di paragraf
empat, ”Please pass my warm greetings to Uncle
Hilma, Wenda and Guruh. I miss them all.” yang
artinya ”Tolong sampaikan salam saya untuk Paman
Hilma, Wenda, dan Guruh. Saya kangen mereka
semua.”. Itu berarti Wenda dan Guruh merupakan
sepupu (cousin) Nirina, sesuai dengan pilihan
jawaban (E). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;
(A) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat di paragraf dua, ”It’s
quiet here, not like Bandung, crowded and busy....”,
(B) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat di paragraf tiga,
”Aunt Hilma, sometimes I feel lonely and bored
here.”, (C) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat di paragraf
tiga, ”My friends’ houses are quite far from home, so
I’m reluctant to visit them.”, dan (D) tidak dijelaskan
dalam surat tersebut.
4. B. Kata ’reluctant’ dan ’unwilling’ artinya sama, yaitu
enggan. Pilihan jawaban (B) benar. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena maknanya berbeda;
(A) artinya rajin, (C) artinya sangat sering,
(D) artinya membosankan, dan (E) artinya jarang.
Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 85
 5. E. Kata ’them’ merujuk kepada orang-orang yang telah
disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ”Please
pass my warm greetings to Uncle Hilma, Wenda
and Guruh.”. yang artinya ”Sampaikan salam saya
untuk Paman Hilma, Wenda dan Guruh”. Jadi,
pilihan jawaban (E) benar.
A. Write a letter based on the following situation.
Contoh jawaban:
Jl. Hos Cokroaminoto no. 86, Sungailiat, Bangka
December 4, 2015
Dear Uncle,
How are you? It’s been a while, since we last met each
other. I do hope everything is all right with you all in
Denpasar. We’re fine here.
Uncle, I will have a three-day holiday from December
24–26 and I plan to spend my holiday in Bali. I’d like to visit
Dreamland Beach and enjoy the sunset. I also want to visit
Garuda Wisnu Kencana Monument. I didn’t go there on my
vacation last year. On my last day, I want to buy souvenirs
for my friends.
Uncle, I will be landing in Bali on December 24, at
8 a.m. Could you please pick me up at theairport?
Well, that’s all for now. Please pass my best regards to
Aunty, Dewi and Dewa. I miss them so much.
Please reply soon whether my plan is confirmed.
Warm regards,
Asri
B. Exchange the letter you have written in
Task A with your friend’s.
Write a reply to your friend’s letter.
Tell him/her that you will be very glad to
welcome him/her in Denpasar.
Contoh jawaban:
Jl. Diponegoro Gg XIV no. 1A, Denpasar
December 8, 2015
Hi Asri,
How happy I am to hear that you are okay. We are all
fine.
I’m very happy to know that you plan to spend your
holiday in Denpasar. I’ll take you anywhere you wish. I’m
sure your holiday will be wonderful this time. Dewi and Dewa
will be free those days too, so they can be your guides. I’ve
told them about your plan and they can’t wait to see you.
Don’t worry, Asri. I’ll pick you up from the airport.
That’s all from me. Please pass my warm greetings to
your parents. Hope to see you soon.
Best regards,
Uncle Agung Wiyana
86 Recounts
Tape Script for Assessment
This dialog is for questions 1 and 2.
Girl : Why do you look so blue? Something wrong?
Boy : Yes. You know, my father has accepted a job in Makassar.
Girl : That’s good. What’s wrong with that?
Boy : You know, he has to stay there for months. It means that,
I can’t meet and play with him every day,
like we used to do.
Girl : Oh, I know how you feel. But don’t worry, you have me
here, right?
Boy : That’s right.
Questions:
1. Where will the boy’s father move?
2. Which expression is used to show sympathy?
This dialog is for question 3.
Boy : So, can we go to the scout activity together?
Girl : Sure. Is 3 o’clock O.K. with you?
Boy : It will be too late if we go at three. We should go earlier.
Girl : So, what time will you come to my house?
Boy : I will be at your house for half past two.
Girl : O.K. I’ll be ready.
Question:
3. Where will the boy and girl go this afternoon?
This monolog is for questions 4 and 5.
Recognition of the constellations can be traced to early
civilizations. When people looked at the sky at night, they noticed
that many of the brightest stars were arranged in a certain pattern
or group. The part of the sky through which the sun, moon and the
planets travele was named the Zodiac, meaning ‘circle of living
things’. The Zodiac was divided into twelve sections, each named
after one of the twelve constellations. We know these constellations
as Taurus, the bull; Aries, the ram; Pisces, the fish; Aquarius, the
water carrier; Capricorn, the goat; Sagittarius, the archer, Scorpio,
the scorpion; Libra, the scales; Virgo, the virgin; Leo, the lion;
Cancer, the crab; and Gemini, the twins. The oldest record of the
zodiacal signs as such, is a wedge-shaped or cuneiform
horoscope from 419 BC.
Adopted from: Anonymous, Tell Me Why?, London, Chancellor Press, 2010.
Questions:
4. What is the monolog about?
5. How many sections was the zodiac divided into?
 Tape Script for Review Unit IV Version A

This dialog is for questions 1 and 2.

Boy : I heard you will visit Weny in the hospital. May I go with you?
Girl : Yes, sure.
A. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
Boy : What time will you go?
Jawaban: Girl : At 4 p.m.
1. D 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. C Boy : O.K. I’ll be at your house for 3:30 p.m.
6. B 7. A 8. C 9. D 10. A Girl : O.K.
11. C 12. E 13. D 14. E 15. B Questions:
16. A 17. A 18. C 19. D 20. C 1. Who is in the hospital?
2. What time does the boy promise to meet the girl?
II. Write your memorable experience.
This dialog is for question 3.
Contoh jawaban: Girl : I didn’t meet you at school yesterday. Were you sick?
Practice the
A. I remember following dialogs
an unforgettable withIt ahappened
moment. friend. when
Boy : No, I wasn’t. I looked after my grandma. I stayed with her,
I was in elementary school. It was Monday morning. All students because she had a diarrhea yesterday.
had to be in the school yard to participate in the flag hoisting Girl : Oh, I’m sorry to hear that. You’re really a good boy.
ceremony which started at a quarter to seven. Boy : Thanks.
I was in charge of reading the Youth Pledge manuscript. You
know, I had to bring the folder where I kept the script. It was Question:
a green folder. The problem began. It seemed that I took the 3. What does the girl say to express her sympathy?
wrong folder. It was empty. There was no script of the Youth
This monolog is for questions 4 and 5.
Pledge in it.
Do you know what I did? At first, I was very nervous, but Did you know when the umbrella was invented? Let me tell
then, I decided to deliver the Youth Pledge without a text. I did it you. In the twenty-first century, it seems natural that we put up an
successfully! Nothing bad happened. From then on, I always umbrella to keep us from getting wet when it rains. But originally,
checked everything before I used it. the umbrella was invented as a shade against the sun, not
a protection from rain. It is not certain who invented the umbrella,
but we have evidence to suggest that the Chinese first used it
during ancient times, as early as the eleventh century BC.
Adopted from: Anonymous, Tell Me When?, London, Chancellor Press,
2010.
Questions:
4. What is the monolog about?
5. According to the text, what was an umbrella used for the
first time?

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 87

 Review Unit IV RAHASIA

Version A
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris Semester : 1 (satu)
Kelas : X Tanggal : ....

Nama Nomor Induk

Kelas Tanda Tangan

Gandhi returned to India in 1914. He became the leader of

I. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer.
the popular Indian National Congress, which was continuously
seeking independence from Britain. Although Gandhi argued with
A. Listening Section
the British government in a forceful way and gave them a lot of
1. A. Weny. trouble, he respected the British people. This respect he had for
B. Windi. them became well-known. As a result, many British men and
C. Heny. women understood what Gandhi was fighting for and they
D. Silvy. backed him up.
E. Willy. Gandhi mingled with all classes of people—he mingled
freely from lower castes and introduced a system of hygiene to
2. A. At 3 p.m. the poorer villages. In 1915, the great Indian poet, Tagore, called
B. At 3:15 p.m. him Mahatma or “Great Soul”. Since then, he has been known as
C. At 3:30 p.m. Mahatma Gandhi.
D. At 4 p.m. Adapted from: Leanadon G. Rodrigo M.A., Learning English Primary 5, Singapore,
E. At 4:30 p.m. Web Publications Pte Ltd, 2002.

3. A. That’s too bad. 6. What is the text about?

B. I know how you feel. A. A leader.
C. I’m sorry to hear that. B. A great Indian leader.
D. It’s alright with me. C. Gandhi’s efforts to strike against British rulers.
E. I know that’s right. D. Gandhi’s principal values.
E. Gandhi’s trip to South Africa.
4. A. When the umbrella was used.
7. The following are Gandhi’s strict principles, EXCEPT ________.
B. When the umbrella was invented.
A. sleeping in simply furnished houses
C. What an umbrella was used for.
B. living a simple, humble life
D. Who invented an umbrella.
C. going against injustice without riots
E. Who used an umbrella for the first time. D. eating simple vegetarian food
5. A. To protect people from getting wet and sunlight. E. having a simple thinking
B. To make wealthy women look more adorable. 8. “... and they backed him up.” (Paragraph 4)
C. To decorate a wealthy man’s house. The word ‘they’ refers to ________.
D. To protect people from sunlight. A. British people
E. To keep people from getting wet. B. Indian people
C. Gandhi and his family
This is the end of the listening section. D. Gandhi and his followers
E. British and Indian people
B. Reading Section
This text is for questions 9 to 11.
This text is for questions 6 to 8. In the middle of a bright day, I planned to have lunch in
Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi was born in 1869. He was a new restaurant. I drove along the West Road at a reasonable
a great Indian leader who played a major role in his country’s speed.
struggle for independence from British rule. About fifty meters before the crossroads, a pedestrian who
In 1893, Gandhi went to South Africa as a lawyer and found was walking on the pavement suddenly ran across the road in
that the Indians living there were treated unfairly. He observed that front of my car. I was so surprised that I braked as hard as
the Indians in South Africa were often overlooked when benefits I could. I was really in panic, but I had to swerve to avoid the
were given out to the inhabitants—meaning the foreign Europeans pedestrian. I crashed into a car which was parked by the side of
who settled in or governed South Africa. the road.
While Gandhi was in South Africa, he adopted a few very Fortunately, the pedestrian wasn’t injured, but I had a bad
strict principles which were to remain with him as part of his cut on my face because my head hit the wind screen. I had
character and life. He imposed on himself self-denial: living forgotten to put on my seat belt. An ambulance took me to the
a simple, humble life; eating simple vegetarian food; sleeping in hospital where I had to have five stitches and took a rest for
simply furnished homes; and spreading his belief in non-violent a few hours.
resistance, which means going against injustice without physical There was a lot of damage to my car; the wind screen was
fighting or riots. broken and the bodywork was badly dented. I was interviewed by
the police in the hospital.

88 Recounts
 9. The writer was in panic because ________. This text is for questions 15 to 17.
A. a pedestrian was hit by a car Attention, please. This announcement is for the economy
B. a pedestrian ran into his car class passengers. For anyone who hasn’t eaten dinner, please
C. a pedestrian had a bad cut on her head proceed to the restaurant on the second deck. Dinner is provided
D. a pedestrian suddenly ran across the road there. For passengers who wish to salat magrib or evening
E. he saw a pedestrian crossing the road prayers, the musala is on the third deck. Thank you.
10. “I had forgotten to put on my seat belt.” (Paragraph 3) 15. Who is the announcement addressed to?
The synonym of “put on” is ________. A. The executive class passengers.
A. put out B. fasten B. The business class passengers.
C. loosen D. carry over C. The economy class passengers.
E. switch off D. Any passengers in the ship.
11. From the text we can conclude that ________. E. The VIP class passengers.
A. the pedestrian was careless 16. When is the announcement presented?
B. the pedestrian was careful A. At dawn.
C. the writer drove his/her car fast B. In the morning.
D. the driver helped the pedestrian C. At noon.
E. the witness helped the victims D. In the evening.
This text is for questions 12 to 14. E. At night.
17. Where is the restaurant located?
Jalan Ufuk Timur no. 35, Banyuwangi A. On the first deck.
November 29, 2014 B. On the second deck.
C. On the third deck.
Hi, Rifky. D. On the fourth deck.
How are you? I just want you to know that my holiday in E. On the fifth deck.
Padang was really wonderful. Padang is a really great place.
The people are kind and friendly. The food is great. I enjoyed For questions 18 to 20 choose the correct words to complete
the satay and es durian very much. You know, when the text.
I told this to my sister Vinny, she wanted to taste them. It happened when I was going to leave school.
However, the weather was just like home, very hot in the I (18) ________ a person moaning. It was so weak that I had to
afternoon. It was a bit annoying. listen to it attentively. Finally, I found where the sound was from.
Rifky, it was amazing to see Rumah Gadang in Padang, I (19) ________ the toilet and found a girl lay on the floor. Her left
the original place. Besides, the city was clean and the road hand was burnt. She got electric shock! I shouted for help. Soon,
users were disciplined. Chatting at night on Siti Nurbaya teachers, the school guards and janitor arrived. They took the girl
Bridge while enjoying grilled corn was another marvelous to the hospital. Four days later I met the girl at school and she
experience. I just thought, the bridge stands alone during the (20) ________ me.
day, but it has lots of friends at night. I want to go to Padang
again next time. 18. A. called
Well, that’s enough for now. Please pass my warm B. pointed
greetings to your parents. I look forward to hearing from you. C. described
D. appeared
Cheers, E. heard
Devito 19. A. broke
B. broke down
12. What is the letter about? C. broke up
A. Devito’s holiday experience. D. broke into
B. Rifky’s holiday experience. E. broke out
C. The description of Padang.
D. The plan to visit Padang next holiday. 20. A. thanked
E. The description of Rumah Gadang in Padang. B. thought
C. taught
13. Devito enjoyed the following items, EXCEPT ________. D. tested
A. the satay E. trapped
B. the situation in Siti Nurbaya Bridge at night
C. the people II. Write a letter to your friend.
D. the weather in the afternoon You are free to choose your own topic.
E. the road users
14. “The people are kind and friendly.” (Paragraph 1)
The word ‘kind’ can be best replaced by ________.
A. safe
B. peaceful
C. awesome
D. hilarious
E. generous

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 89

Kunci Review Unit IV Version A Tape Script for Review Unit IV Version B
I. Pilihan Ganda
This dialog is for questions 1 and 2.
1. A 11. A Boy : It looks like you’ve just cried, Bella. What happened?
2. C 12. A Girl : I just got bad news that my uncle passed away this
3. C 13. D morning.
Boy : I’m sorry. Please accept my condolences.
4. B 14. E Girl : Thanks.
5. D 15. C Questions:
6. B 16. D 1. Why does the girl look very upset?
7. E 17. B 2. What does the boy say to show his sympathy?
8. A 18. E This dialog is for question 3.
9. D 19. B Girl : Hi, Arman. Finally, meet you here.
10. B 20. A Boy : Hi, Sari. What’s up?
Girl : I just want to remind you. You still remember your promise,
II. Uraian don’t you?
Contoh jawaban: Boy : I do. Don’t worry, I’ll buy you the best painting from Bali.
Girl : Thanks, Arman.
Perum Griya Bukit Indah Blok H no. 4 Question:
Jalan Jembatan Merah, Surabaya 3. What does the boy promise to the girl?

December 10, 2012 This monolog is for questions 4 and 5.

Dear Darra,
I just landed in Bali, the Island of Goddesses. The
weather is just perfect, lots of sunshine. That’s what I like.
I think I have plenty of things to do this afternoon.
You know, after checking-in at the hotel, I’ll go to Kuta
Beach, one of the most popular beaches in the world. Then,
I’ll visit a café nearby with my friend. In the evening, we will
explore the city on foot, so I can enjoy the air.
Darra, you should have been with me this time, so we
could share this marvelous time together.
Bye for now. Please pass my warm greetings to Uncle
and Aunt Fariz. See you.
Cheers,
Fitri
Ladies and gentlemen, in case of emergency, take the life
jacket which is located under your seat. Put the life jacket over
your head and then fasten the jacket tapes around your waist. Do
not inflate the jacket until you have left the aircraft. The jacket will
automatically inflate by pulling the cord. If it doesn’t, you can
blow into the nozzle to inflate it. A light is attached to the jacket
to attract attention. The life jacket should be removed only in
case of emergency. Thank you.
Questions:
4. Where do you probably hear the announcement?
5. Where do the passengers find the jackets?

90 Recounts
 Review Unit IV RAHASIA

Version B
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris Semester : 1 (satu)
Kelas : X Tanggal : ....

Nama Nomor Induk

Kelas Tanda Tangan

I. Choose A, B, C, D or E for the correct answer. Ayu, I want you to know that I feel lonely since you
moved to Lampung. I haven’t met another friend as good as
A. Listening Section you. The students here often work on their own. However,
this condition makes me independent. I always do everything
1. A. Her grandma passed away just now.
myself, except when the teachers ask us to do any
B. She lost her uncle this morning.
assignments in pairs, or in groups. I’m sure, sooner or later
C. She lost her grandpa just now.
I will have good friends, as I did at junior high school.
D. She lost her aunt this morning.
Well, that’s all for now. I want to hear your stories.
E. She lost her pet this morning.
Please reply soon.
2. A. Please accept my condolences. Best wishes,
B. You must be very upset.
C. I know how you feel. Permatasari
D. Please forgive me.
E. That’s awful! 6. When did Permatasari send her letter to Ayu for the last time?
A. Last week. B. Last month.
3. A. To buy her earrings. C. Last two months. D. Last three months.
B. To bring her painting to Bali. E. Last year.
C. To bring her best painting to Bali.
D. To buy her the best painting from Bali. 7. “However, this condition makes me independent.”
E. To buy her the best carving from Bali. The underlined word can be best replaced by ________.
A. self-centered B. self-esteem
4. A. In an airplane. C. self-reliant D. self-confidence
B. In a bus. E. self-determination
C. In a ship.
D. In a train. This text is for questions 8 to 10.
E. On a boat. Let me tell you a story about Uncle Herdi’s experience. He
had this experience during an earthquake.
5. A. Above their seats. Uncle Herdi was on his way to his office when the
B. Beside their seats. earthquake happened. He found his motorcycle become unstable
C. On the back of their seats. and lurched to one side. He thought he got a flat tire. He did not
D. At the front seats. realize that a strong earthquake hit the district. He saw crowds
E. Under their seats. scrambling out of their houses. He stopped and asked one of
them what had happened. After getting the information, he called
This is the end of the listening section. his wife and children at home. No one answered it. He did it
many times, but still no answers. He returned home as quickly as
B. Reading Section he could.
The earthquake lasted for thirty seconds, but it made a lot of
This text is for questions 6 and 7.
damages. Many houses and trees collapsed. When he arrived
home, he found out that his house walls were cracked, so he
Perum Kencana Baru
decided to move.
Jalan Kencana no. 2, Sumenep
8. How long did the earthquake happen?
December 15, 2015
A. Three seconds.
Hi Ayu, B. Thirteen seconds.
C. Thirty seconds.
How are you? I hope everything is fine with you. Sorry
D. More than thirty seconds.
for not writing to you for about a month, because I was busy
E. More than one minute.
with school assignments. Luckily, I got good marks. How
about you? Are you busy with your assignments too? Hope 9. What did Uncle Herdi do after getting information from
you get the best marks. a person?
A. He phoned his family.
B. He continued his way to his office.
C. He helped evacuate people at the area.
D. He returned home as fast as possible.
E. He just sat dreaming.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 91

10. From the text we infer that ________. 16. “Like her peers, Buckel loved to decorate ….”
A. the earthquake caused many casualties What does ‘peers’ mean?
B. Uncle Herdi had to be evacuated A. Colleagues. B. Parents.
C. Uncle Herdi was on his way home when the eathquake C. Equipment. D. Products.
occured E. Ideas.
D. many people gathered witnessing trees collapsed
E. Uncle Herdi’s house was collapsed This text is for questions 17 to 19.

This text is for questions 11 and 12. I experienced this when my family and I visited Bandung last
Hello, everyone! You’re still with me, Ajeng in Nuansa Radio holiday. One afternoon, we visited Jalan Dago which is very
Station. Before I play the next song request, I’d like to announce famous for shoppers. There are many shops selling their products
a new program. at affordable prices. We entered a large convenient store. Mother
Well, we have a new talk show program, discussing current and I went to the ladies stands, while my father and brother
events which happened around us. It starts today from 4 p.m. proceeded to the gents stands.
until 5 p.m. Let’s participate in the program by giving opinions, I was so excited that I didn’t realize I was separated from
comments or suggestions. Don’t miss it! my family. I was so worried. I tried to call them one by one, but no
one heard me. Finally, I decided to go back to the car. It was
11. Who delivers the announcement? parked not far from the store. I immediately opened the door and
A. A radio announcer. sat on the back seat. But how shocked I was when a woman
B. A radio programmer. greeted me, “Hello, who are you?” When I looked at her, I did not
A. A radio listener. know her. I was sitting in the wrong car! I jumped out of the car
C. A spectator. and ran to a store. How embarrassing!
D. A radio owner.
17. How many people are there in the writer’s family?
12. What is the new program about? A. Three. B. Four.
A. It explains about hobbies. C. Five. D. Six.
B. It discusses people’s interests. E. Seven.
C. It talks about people’s opinions.
D. It talks about current events. 18. Why did the writer feel embarrassed?
E. It describes new fashion. A. She got in a wrong car.
B. She couldn’t find her car.
This text is for questions 13 to 16. C. She didn’t know where to go.
In 2006, Sarah Buckel had just finished the eighth grade D. She was separated with her mother.
when she dreamt up the idea for magnetic locker wallpaper. Like E. None of her family answered her phone.
her peers, Buckel loved to decorate her school locker—but
dreaded scraping it clean at the end of the year. 19. “It was parked not far from the store.” (Paragraph 2)
When her father became chief operating officer at The word ‘it’ refers to ________.
MagnaCard, Buckel asked him to make magnetic wallpaper for A. a shop
her. He thought it was a great idea—and just what the company B. Jalan Dago
needed. “We were a neat little company with boring products,” he C. the back seat
said. When he heard his daughter’s idea, he knew he’d struck D. the writer’s car
gold. Buckel helped choose patterns and age-appropriate E. a large and convenient store
accessories that contributed to the product’s success. The 20. Arrange the following sentences into a sequential paragraph.
magnetic locker decorations were sold at Target, Rite Aid and (1) I was more scared than I had ever been.
Staples, and within one year, Sarah Buckel’s invention had made (2) I decided to climb a tree to see better.
$1 million in sales. (3) I woke up. Oh, what a relief! It was just a dream.
Adopted from: http://www.greatbusinessschools.org/10-great-inventions-dreamt-up-by-
children/(February 25, 2015)
(4) In my dream, I was going through a thick forest.
(5) I knew I was going to die.
13. What is the purpose of the text? (6) I had a dream last night.
A. Describing what Sarah Buckel is like. (7) Finally, as I got close to the top of the tree, I slipped
B. Explaining where Sarah Buckel spends her life. and fell down.
C. Describing how to make a magnetic locker wallpaper. (8) There were so many trees that it was hard to see very
D. Describing what magnetic locker wallpaper is. far.
E. Relating Sarah Buckel’s experience. (9) It was difficult to climb and I was going really slowly.
Adapted from: Pamela Hartman, Quest Reading and Writing, Second
14. “Like her peers, Buckel loved to decorate her school Edition, New York, McGraw-Hill, 2007.
locker—but dreaded scraping it clean at the end of the year.” A. 6–2–9–3–1–7–5–8–4
(Paragraph 1) B. 6–4–8–2–9–7–1–5–3
What does ‘it’ refer to? C. 6–2–9–3–7–1–5–8–4
A. The eighth grade. D. 6–4–5–2–8–7–1–9–3
B. Sarah Buckel’s idea. E. 6–4–1–9–3–7–5–8–2
C. An anppropriate accessory.
D. Magnetic locker wallpaper. II. Write your memorable experience.
E. Sarah Buckel’s school locker.
15. How was Buckel’s feeling knowing her invention was
successful?
A. Boring.
B. Very exhausted.
C. Very excited.
D. Neat and tidy.
E. very upset.

92 Recounts
Kunci Review Unit IV Version B II. Esai
Contoh jawaban:
I. Pilihan Ganda Last holiday I visited my uncle and aunt in Jakarta. I went
1. B 11. A there by plane. It made me nervous because it was my first flight.
Not long after the plane took off, nature was calling. I walked
2. A 12. D
to the toilet. When I had finished, I tried to open the door.
3. D 13. E It wouldn’t lock. I tried to turn the door knob here and there, but
4. A 14. E it remained unlocked. This made me really worried. Then
5. E 15. C I banged on the door in the hope that a stewardess would hear.
Not long after that, I heard a woman telling me to push the door
6. B 16. A knob and slide the door.
7. C 17. B Finally, I was safe, but I was very embarrassed.
8. C 18. A
9. A 19. D
10. B 20. B

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 93

 LISTENING SECTION 6. Write your answer on your answer sheet.
PART I
Percakapan dan pilihan jawaban yang
diperdengarkan Bapak/Ibu Guru:
1. Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu
Man : What if we go to the night fair later?
Guru: Woman : ________
Boy : See you tomorrow at badminton practice. Narrator : How should the woman respond?
Girl : All right. See you. A. I’m sorry. I can’t go with you.
Narrator : What sport will the boy and the girl play? B. Please accept my condolences.
C. It’s nice to meet you.
Jawaban: E D. How is it doing?

2. Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Jawaban: A

Guru:
7. Write your answer on your answer sheet.
Woman : Why do you look so upset?
Boy : You know Punky, don’t you? He told me
Percakapan dan pilihan jawaban yang
a big lie this morning.
diperdengarkan Bapak/Ibu Guru:
Woman : Your best friend lied to you? Oh, dear.
I know how it feels. Woman : You look so sad. What happened?
Narrator : Why did the boy feel upset? Man : My father is hospitalized. He has typhoid.
Woman : ________
Jawaban: D Narrator : What is the best response?
A. Sorry. I must go now.
3. Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu B. I’m afraid I can’t come.
C. I’m very grateful to you.
Guru:
D. What a terrible situation for you.
Woman : We need to discuss this matter soon. What
time can I meet you? Jawaban: D
Man : I will be free at 5 in the afternoon. Is it O.K.?
Woman : All right. I will meet you at 5. Thanks. PART III
Narrator : What will the woman do this afternoon?
8. Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu
Jawaban: A
Guru:
Girl : Can I meet you in the cafeteria at break
4. Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu
time?
Guru: Boy : Sure. See you there.
Man : Now, we will learn to drive. Please pay Narrator : Where will the girl and the boy meet?
attention. This is the brake and this is the
clutch. Pedal the gas carefully. Jawaban: C
Woman : All right. Let’s start.
Narrator : What course does the woman join?
9. Percakapan yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu
Jawaban: C Guru:
Girl : I’m so pleased to get this key chain.
PART II Boy : Wow! It’s cute. A Teddy Bear key chain.
Girl : It is. My best friend gave it to me yesterday.
5. Write your answer on your answer sheet. Narrator : What thing does the girl get?

Percakapan dan pilihan jawaban yang Jawaban: D

diperdengarkan Bapak/Ibu Guru:
Man : Hello. My name is Robin.
Woman : ________
Narrator : What will the woman reply?
A. You’re welcome. B. Hello. I’m Tya.
C. Not very well. D. It’s really great.

Jawaban: B

94 Final Test
10. Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
It was my fault to turn the alarm clock off early in
the morning, so I woke up late. It was 6:20. Without
making the bed, I ran to the bathroom and had a quick
bath. I had prepared the books and the assignments
the day before, so I could hurry to school. I didn’t have
breakfast since my father had waited for me, on his old
motorcycle.
I arrived at 6:55 and I was ready for class. Thank
God that I could follow the lessons well because
I couldn’t bear this hunger. I really wished the break
would have come soon. Lucky me, a few moments later
the bell rang. Here it was, the break. At the break time,
I used to have my mom’s cooked lunch, but I forgot to
bring my lunch box today. I was in such a hurry that
I left my lunch box at home. When I sighed, one of my
classmates walked towards me. She offered to share
her lunch with me. Actually I was reluctant to, but she
urged and pleaded me. “Don’t worry. It will be enough
for the two of us. My mom gave me some extra.
It seems that she knew one of my friends will not bring
her lunchbox,” she joked and smiled.
Narrator : What thing did the speaker forget to bring to
school?
Jawaban: B
11. Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
One day, a tortoise desired to change its place of
residence. He asked an eagle to help carry him to his
new home. The eagle agreed and seized the tortoise by
the shell with her talons and soared aloft. On their way
they met a crow, who said to the eagle, “Tortoise is
good eating.”
“But the shell is too hard,” said the eagle in reply.
“The rocks will soon crack the shell,” was the crow’s
answer. The eagle was hungry at that time. She saw
a huge rock under her, yet she hesitated to let the
tortoise fall on a sharp rock. “No, it is such a fool of you.
I will keep flying him to his new home. I won’t let him
fall,” the eagle said to the wicked crow.
Adapted from: http://worldoftales.com/fables/Aesop_fables/
Aesop_fables_10.html (March 6, 2015)
Narrator : What animal helped carry the tortoise to his
new home?
Jerry then came to Tom who could run a small yet
successful business. Tom said, “Each morning I wake up and
say to myself, ‘Tom, you have two choices today. You can
choose to be in a good mood or you can choose to be in
a bad mood.’ I choose to be in a good mood. Each time
something bad happens, I can choose to be a victim or I can
choose to learn from it. I choose to learn from it. Every time
someone comes to me complaining, I can choose to accept
his complaint or I can point out the positive side of life.
I choose the positive side of life. It’s not that easy, but I try to
look on the positive side of every situation. It’s your choice
how you live life.” Jerry learned that every day he had the
choice to live fully.
Adapted from: http://www.rogerknapp.com/inspire/choices.htm (February 14, 2015)
Narrator:
12. What is the monolog about?
13. How was Tom’s business?
12. Jawaban: D
13. Jawaban: E
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru:
Questions 14 to 15 refer to the following monolog.
First, prepare the apples. Wash cleanly and dice them into
small shapes.
Plug the blender into a socket.
Put the diced apples in the blender. Add some water and sugar.
Close the lid of the blender.
Press button number 1. The blender knives will shatter the
apples.
After a while press button number 2.
Turn the blender off, when the apples have been mashed
perfectly.
Open the cover and pour the apple juice into a glass.
Narrator:
14. What device is presented in the monolog?
15. What should we do first before using the device?
14. Jawaban: B
15. Jawaban: A
This is the end of the listening section.
READING SECTION

Jawaban: A 16. B 31. A 46. A

17. A 32. E 47. E
PART IV 18. D 33. E 48. D
19. C 34. C 49. A
Teks yang diperdengarkan oleh Bapak/Ibu Guru: 20. E 35. E 50. C
Questions 12 to 13 refer to the following monolog. 21. B 36. B
There were two best friends, Tom and Jerry. Tom was 22. A 37. D
such a kind guy. He was always in a good mood and always 23. E 38. C
had positive attitudes towards everything. On the other 24. D 39. A
hand, Jerry was also kind, but he had more to sigh than to 25. A 40. E
be grateful for. He thought that some bad things happened 26. B 41. C
to him. Seeing that, Jerry preferred complaining to learning 27. D 42. A
from them. 28. C 43. B
Tom ran a restaurant business, while Jerry ran 29. D 44. B
a hospitality business. From the outlook Tom’s business was 30. C 45. E
more successful than Jerry’s. Although the restaurant was
smaller than Jerry’s hotel, it had many customers and thus
Tom could make more money. One day, Jerry was quite
depressed since his business was about to go bankrupt. He
fired some of his employees because he was unable to pay
them. The customers were lesser than it used to be.

Kunci Jawaban PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas X 95